Honeywell Video Gaming Accessories W7750A Users Manual W7750A,B,C

W7750A to the manual f99a4ee8-f28c-4f6e-acd0-b33e8e48ca29

2015-01-23

: Honeywell Honeywell-Honeywell-Video-Gaming-Accessories-W7750A-Users-Manual-262653 honeywell-honeywell-video-gaming-accessories-w7750a-users-manual-262653 honeywell pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 116

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Excel 10
W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

SYSTEM ENGINEERING
Contents
Introduction ..................................................................................................................................
Description of Devices..........................................................................................
Control Application ...............................................................................................
Control Provided...................................................................................................
Products Covered.................................................................................................
Organization of Manual ........................................................................................
Applicable Literature.............................................................................................
Product Names.....................................................................................................
Agency Listings ....................................................................................................
Abbreviations and Definitions ...............................................................................
Construction .........................................................................................................
Controllers ......................................................................................................
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS .........................................................
LONMARK® Functional Profile .....................................................................
Inputs/Outputs: ...............................................................................................
ANALOG INPUTS:......................................................................................
DIGITAL INPUTS: .......................................................................................
TRIAC OUTPUTS ON THE (W7750B,C MODELS ONLY):........................
DIGITAL OUTPUTS: ...................................................................................
Wall Modules ..................................................................................................
Duct Sensor ....................................................................................................
Configurations ......................................................................................................
General ...........................................................................................................
Allowable Heating and Cooling Equipment Configurations ............................
STAGED HEATING/COOLING CONTROL ................................................
MODULATING HEATING/COOLING CONTROL .......................................
HEAT PUMP CONTROL.............................................................................
ECONOMIZER CONTROL .........................................................................
PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR CONTROL ........................................................
MIXED-OUTPUT-TYPE CONTROL ...........................................................
Occupancy Sensor .........................................................................................
Window Open/Closed Digital Input .................................................................
Wall Module Options .......................................................................................
Dirty Filter Monitor ..........................................................................................
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Override ...................................................................
Smoke Control ................................................................................................
Freeze Stat .....................................................................................................
Modes of Operation ..............................................................................................

6
6
7
7
8
8
8
9
9
10
11
11
13
17
18
18
19
19
19
20
20
22
22
24
24
24
24
25
25
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
27

Application Steps ..................................................................................................................................
Overview ..............................................................................................................
Step 1. Plan the System .......................................................................................
Step 2. Determine Other Bus Devices Required ..................................................
Step 3. Lay Out Communications and Power Wiring ...........................................
LONWORKS® Bus Layout ................................................................................
Power Wiring ..................................................................................................
POWER BUDGET CALCULATION EXAMPLE ..........................................
LINE LOSS .................................................................................................
Step 4. Prepare Wiring Diagrams.........................................................................

29
29
29
29
30
30
32
32
33
35

® U.S. Registered Trademark
Copyright © 2000 Honeywell Inc. • All Rights Reserved

74- 2958- 1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

General Considerations .................................................................................. 35
W7750 Controllers .......................................................................................... 36
FACTORY DEFAULT DIGITAL OUTPUTS: ................................................ 37
LONWORKS® Bus Termination Module ........................................................... 43
Step 5. Order Equipment ..................................................................................... 45
Step 6. Configure Controllers ............................................................................... 48
Step 7. Troubleshooting ....................................................................................... 48
Troubleshooting Excel 10 Controllers and Wall Modules ............................... 48
Temperature Sensor and Setpoint Potentiometer Resistance Ranges .......... 49
Alarms ............................................................................................................ 49
Broadcasting the Service Message ................................................................ 50
W7750 Controller Status LED ........................................................................ 50
T7770C,D Wall Module Bypass Pushbutton and Override LED ..................... 51
T7560A,B Digital Wall Module Bypass Pushbutton and LCD Display Occupancy
Symbols .......................................................................................................... 51
Appendices .................................................................................................................................. 51
Appendix A. Using E-Vision to Commission a W7750 Controller......................... 51
Sensor Calibration .......................................................................................... 51
Setting the Pid Parameters ............................................................................ 51
Appendix B. Sequences of Operation. ................................................................. 52
Common Operations ...................................................................................... 53
Room Temperature Sensor (RmTemp)....................................................... 54
Remote Setpoint (RmtStptPot) ................................................................... 55
Setpoint Limits (LoSetptLim and HiSetptLim)............................................. 55
Bypass Mode (StatusOvrd and StatusLed) ................................................ 55
BYPASSTIME ............................................................................................. 55
OverrideType .............................................................................................. 55
OverridePriority........................................................................................... 55
Cycles per Hour (ubHeatCph and ubCoolCph) .......................................... 55
T7770C,D or T7560A,B Wall Module Bypass Pushbutton Operation......... 55
Standby Mode (StatusOcySen) .................................................................. 56
Continuous Unoccupied Mode ................................................................... 56
Occupancy Mode and Manual Override Arbitration.................................... 56
Time Clock (Occ_Time_Clock) ................................................................... 57
Schedule Master (Sched_Master) .............................................................. 57
Setpoint Ramping ....................................................................................... 57
Recovery Ramping for Heat Pump Systems .............................................. 57
Fan Operation............................................................................................. 58
Window Sensor (StatusWndw)................................................................... 58
Smoke Control............................................................................................ 58
Demand Limit Control (DLC) ...................................................................... 58
Dirty Filter Monitor ...................................................................................... 59
Start-Up ...................................................................................................... 59
Temperature Control Operations .................................................................... 59
Staged Cooling Control .............................................................................. 60
Staged Heating Control .............................................................................. 60
Cascade Control of Modulating Cooling/Heating........................................ 61
Series 60 Modulating Control ..................................................................... 61
Pulse Width Modulating (PWM) Control ..................................................... 61
Outdoor Air Lockout of Heating/Cooling ..................................................... 61
Economizer Damper Control ...................................................................... 61
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Override ............................................................... 62
Freeze Stat ................................................................................................. 62
Discharge Air Low Limit Control ................................................................. 62
Economizer Enable/Disable Control........................................................... 62
Appendix C. Complete List of Excel 10 W7750 Controller User Addresses. ....... 62
User Address Indexes (all in alphabetical order) ............................................ 63
Mappable User Addresses and Table Number ............................................... 64
Failure Detect User Addresses and Table Number ........................................ 65
Appendix D. Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager Point Estimating Guide............... 109
Approximate Memory Size Estimating Procedure. ......................................... 109
Appendix E. Sensor Data for Calibration. ............................................................ 110
Resistance Sensors. ...................................................................................... 110
Voltage/Current Sensors. ............................................................................... 112

72-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

List of Figures
Fig. 1. Typical system overview. ................................................................................................................................................ 6
Fig. 2. Typical W7750 control application. ................................................................................................................................. 7
Fig. 3. Excel 10 W7750A Constant Volume AHU Controller. ..................................................................................................... 12
Fig. 4. W7750A construction in in. (mm). ................................................................................................................................... 13
Fig. 5. Excel 10 W7750B Constant Volume AHU Controller. ..................................................................................................... 14
Fig. 6. Excel 10 W7750C Constant Volume AHU Controller. .................................................................................................... 15
Fig. 7. W7750B,C construction in in. (mm). W7750C (shown) has three 4 to 20 mA analog outputs.) ..................................... 16
Fig. 8. DIN rail adapters. ............................................................................................................................................................ 17
Fig. 9. Functional profile of LONMARK® RTU object details (variables not implemented in Excel 10 CVAHU
are greyed). ....................................................................................................................................................................... 18
Fig. 10. T7770A,B,C,D construction in in. (mm). ....................................................................................................................... 20
Fig. 11. T7560A,B construction in in. (mm). ............................................................................................................................... 21
Fig. 12. C7770A construction in in. (mm). .................................................................................................................................. 21
Fig. 13. Fan with two stages of heating and two stages
of cooling. .......................................................................................................................................................................... 24
Fig. 14. Fan, modulating heating and modulating cooling. ......................................................................................................... 24
Fig. 15. Heat pump with two compressors and auxiliary heat stage(s)....................................................................................... 25
Fig. 16. Economizer control. ...................................................................................................................................................... 25
Fig. 17. Modulating heat with pneumatic valve actuator............................................................................................................. 26
Fig. 18. Connecting the portable operator terminal
to the LONWORKS® Bus..................................................................................................................................................... 29
Fig. 19. Wiring layout for one doubly terminated daisy-chain LONWORKS® Bus segment. ........................................................ 31
Fig. 20. Wiring layout for two singly terminated LONWORKS® Bus segments. ............................................................................ 32
Fig. 21. NEMA class 2 transformer voltage output limits. ........................................................................................................... 34
Fig. 22. Power wiring details for one Excel 10 per transformer. ................................................................................................. 34
Fig. 23. Power wiring details for two or more Excel 10s per transformer. .................................................................................. 34
Fig. 24. Transformer power wiring details for one Excel 10 used in UL 1995 equipment (U.S. only)......................................... 35
Fig. 25. Attaching two or more wires at terminal blocks.............................................................................................................. 36
Fig. 26. W7750B High-Side/Low-Side selectable switching and jumper location. ...................................................................... 36
Fig. 27. Typical W7750A Controller AHU application wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2,
refer to Fig. 25.)................................................................................................................................................................ 38
Fig. 28. Typical W7750A Controller with separate transformer application wiring diagram.
(For more information on note 2, refer to Fig. 25.) ............................................................................................................ 38
Fig. 29. W7750A Controller floating economizer damper wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2, refer to Fig. 25.)... 39
Fig. 30. Typical W7750B Controller with staged heating and cooling wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2, refer to Fig.
25.) .................................................................................................................................................................................... 40
Fig. 31. W7750B Controller with floating heating, cooling and economizer wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2, refer
to Fig. 25.) ......................................................................................................................................................................... 40
Fig. 32. W7750B,C Controller PWM damper actuator wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2, refer to
Fig. 25.) ............................................................................................................................................................................. 41
Fig. 33. W7750B,C wiring diagram with 4 to 20 mA enthalpy sensors and digital inputs. (For more information on note 2, refer to
Fig. 25.) ............................................................................................................................................................................. 41
Fig. 34. W7750B,C wiring diagram with C7600C 4 to 20 mA solid state humidity sensor. (For more information on note 2, refer to
Fig. 25.) ............................................................................................................................................................................. 42
Fig. 35. W7750C Controller with 4-to-20 mA heating, cooling and economizer wiring diagram. AOs must use terminals 16, 17 or
18. The AOs can be set to be reverse acting. (For more information on note 2, refer to Fig. 25.).................................... 42
Fig. 36. Pneumatic transducer to W7750B,C
(B shown, see triangle note 4). ......................................................................................................................................... 43
Fig. 37. RP7517,B pneumatic transducer to W7750C. ............................................................................................................... 43
Fig. 38. Typical doubly terminated daisy-chain LONWORKS® Bus segment termination module wiring diagram. ..................... 44
Fig. 39. LONWORKS® Bus termination wiring options. ............................................................................................................... 45
Fig. 40. Temperature sensor resistance plots............................................................................................................................. 49
Fig. 41. Location of the Service Pin Button................................................................................................................................. 50
Fig. 42. LED location on W7750. ................................................................................................................................................ 51
Fig. 43. The T7770C,D Wall Modules LED and Bypass pushbutton locations. .......................................................................... 51
Fig. 44. The T7560A,B Digital Wall Module Bypass pushbutton location. .................................................................................. 51
Fig. 45. LED and Bypass pushbutton operation. ....................................................................................................................... 56
Fig. 46. Setpoint ramping parameters with ramp rate calculation............................................................................................... 57
Fig. 47. Setpoint ramping parameters with setpoint calculation.................................................................................................. 58

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Fig. 48. Setpoint ramping parameters with ramp rate calculation............................................................................................... 58
Fig. 49. Schematic diagram for a typical W7750B Unit. ............................................................................................................. 59
Fig. 50. Staged output control versus PID Error. ....................................................................................................................... 60
Fig. 51. Point capacity estimate for Zone Manager. .................................................................................................................. 109
Fig. 52. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature......................................................................................................... 110
Fig. 53. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature......................................................................................................... 110
Fig. 54. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature......................................................................................................... 111
Fig. 55. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature......................................................................................................... 111
Fig. 56. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature......................................................................................................... 112
Fig. 57. Graph of Sensor Voltage versus Humidity..................................................................................................................... 112
Fig. 58. C7600C output current vs. humidity............................................................................................................................... 112
Fig. 59. Graph of Sensor Current versus Enthalpy (volts). ......................................................................................................... 113
Fig. 60. Partial psychometric chart for a C7400A Solid State Enthalpy Sensor. ........................................................................ 114
Fig. 61. C7400A Solid State Enthalpy Sensor output current vs. relative humidity. ................................................................... 114
Fig. 62. Graph of Sensor Voltage versus CO2 concentration. .................................................................................................... 115
Fig. 63. Graph of Sensor Voltage versus input Voltage to A/D.................................................................................................. 115
Fig. 64. Graph of Sensor Voltage (Vdc) versus Pressure (Inw).................................................................................................. 116

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

List of Tables
Table 1. Agency Listing. .............................................................................................................................................................
Table 2. List of Differences in W7750A and W7750B,C Controllers...........................................................................................
Table 3. Common Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers.....................................................................
Table 4. Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers. ...................................................................................
Table 5. Modes Of Operation For The Excel 10 W7750 Controller . ..........................................................................................
Table 6. Application Steps. .........................................................................................................................................................
Table 7. LONWORKS® Bus Configuration Rules And Device Node Numbers. ............................................................................
Table 8. VA Ratings For Transformer Sizing. .............................................................................................................................
Table 9. Field Wiring Reference Table (Honeywell listed as AK#### or equivalent)..................................................................
Table 10. W7750A Version I/O Description. ...............................................................................................................................
Table 11. Excel 10 W7750 Controller Ordering Information. ......................................................................................................
Table 12. Excel 10 Alarms. .........................................................................................................................................................
Table 14. Common Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers...................................................................
Table 15. Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers. .................................................................................
Table 16. Bypass Pushbutton Operation. ...................................................................................................................................
Table 17. Interstage Minimum Times..........................................................................................................................................
Table 18. Excel 10 W7750 Controller User
Address Point Types...................................................................................................................................................................
Table 20. Input/Output Points. ....................................................................................................................................................
Table 21. Control Parameters.....................................................................................................................................................
Table 22. Energy Management Points........................................................................................................................................
Table 23. Status Points...............................................................................................................................................................
Table 24. Calibration Points........................................................................................................................................................
Table 25. Configuration Parameters. ..........................................................................................................................................
Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points. ...............................................................................................................................
Table 27. Direct Access And Special Points...............................................................................................................................
Table 28. Data Share Points.......................................................................................................................................................
Table 29. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature. ...................................................................................................................
Table 30. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature. ...................................................................................................................
Table 31. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature. ...................................................................................................................
Table 32. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature. ...................................................................................................................
Table 33. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature. ...................................................................................................................
Table 34. Sensor Voltage Versus Humidity. ...............................................................................................................................
Table 35. Sensor Voltage Versus Humidity. ...............................................................................................................................
Table 36. Sensor Current Versus Enthalpy (volts)......................................................................................................................
Table 37. Sensor Voltage Versus CO2 Concentration. ..............................................................................................................
Table 38. Sensor Voltage Versus Input Voltage To A/D.............................................................................................................
Table 39. Sensor Voltage (Vdc) Versus Pressure (Inw). ............................................................................................................

9
11
22
23
27
29
30
33
36
37
46
49
53
54
55
60
62
67
73
78
81
93
94
97
106
108
110
110
111
111
111
112
112
113
115
115
116

74-2958—1

Excel 10 W7750A,B,C Constant Volume AHU Controller
EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER
LONWORKS network (LONWORKS Bus) for communications,
and conforms with the LONMARK HVAC Interoperability
standard for Roof Top Unit Controllers (see Fig. 9).

INTRODUCTION
Description of Devices

The T7770 or T7560 direct-wired Wall Modules are used in
conjunction with W7750 Controllers. The zone controlled by
the W7750 Controller typically can use a T7770A through D or
a T7560A,B Wall Module. Additional features available in
T7770A through D models include analog setpoint input knob,
override digital input pushbutton, override status LED and
LONWORKS Bus network access jack. Additional features
available in T7560A,B models include analog setpoint input
knob, override digital input pushbutton, humidity sensor
(T7650B model), override status LCD and digital display.

The W7750 is the Constant Volume Air Handling Unit
(CVAHU) Controller in the Excel 10 product line family. The
CVAHU is a LONMARK compliant device designed to control
single zone and heat pump air handlers. W7750 systems
control the space temperature in a given zone by regulating
the heating and cooling equipment in the air handler that
delivers air to that space. The W7750 air handler is typically
an all-in-one constant air volume packaged unit, located on
the roof of the building. In addition to standard heating and
cooling control, the W7750 provides many options and
advanced system features that allow state-of-the-art
commercial building control. The W7750 Controller is capable
of stand-alone operation; however, optimum functional
benefits are achieved when the network communication
capabilities are used. The W7750 utilizes the Echelon

The Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager is a communications
interface that allows devices on the LONWORKS Bus network
to communicate with devices on the standard EXCEL 5000
System C-Bus. Fig. 1 shows an overview of a typical system
layout. The Q7750A also provides some control and
monitoring functions.

Q7752A
LONWORKS BUS
SERIAL
ADAPTER

C-BUS COMMUNICATION NETWORK

EXCEL 10
Q7750A
ZONE
MANAGER

PERSONAL COMPUTER TOOLS
E-VISION
CARE

EXCEL BUILDING SUPERVISOR

C-BUS TO LONWORKS BUS
INTERFACE DEVICE
LONWORKS-BUS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK

LONWORKS BUS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK

30 29

28 27 26

25 24 23
22

21 20 19
18

Q7740A
2-WAY
REPEATER

EXCEL 10
W7750B
CVAHU
CONTROLLER
Q7751A
FTT
LONWORKS BUS
ROUTER

EXCEL 500

EXCEL 10 W7751F
PANEL PLENUM
MOUNT VERSION
VARIABLE AIR VOLUME
CONTROLLER
1

11 12 13
14

EXCEL 10 T7770
WALL MODULE

EXCEL 10 T7560A, B
WALL MODULE

M17487

Fig. 1. Typical system overview.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Control Application

The W7750 can control staged or modulating heating and
cooling coils, mixed air economizer dampers, and the system
fan. Control of heat pump units, where the compressor(s) is
used for both cooling and heating, is also provided. The zone
the W7750 services can use a T7770 or T7650 for space
temperature sensing and an LONWORKS Bus network access
for users. Fig. 2 shows a typical W7750 control application.

W7750 systems in commercial buildings typically incorporate
a packaged air handler system that delivers a constant
volume of air at preconditioned temperatures to the zone
being served. Each zone is usually serviced by a separate
AHU; however, sometimes two or more AHUs service the
same zone. Note that the W7750 is not designed to control
Variable Air Volume (VAV) air handlers or Multi-Zone air
handlers, where one air handler simultaneously controls the
space temperature in many zones.
OA TEMP

HEAT
COIL

COOL
COIL

FILTER

FAN
OUTDOOR
AIR

EXCEL 10
W7750
CVAHU

DA TEMP

RA TEMP

ROOF

CEILING
OCCUPANCY
SENSOR

RETURN
AIR

T7770 OR T7560A,B

DISCHARGE
AIR

M17488

WINDOW CONTACT

Fig. 2. Typical W7750 control application.

Control Provided
The W7750 Controller is designed to control a single air
handler to maintain the units space temperature at the current
setpoint. Heating and cooling control is provided for either
staged or modulating equipment. Up to four stages of
mechanical cooling and up to four stages of heating are
allowed. Modulating outputs can be either floating type such
as a Series 60 control, or Pulse Width Modulated (PWM
W7750B,C only) control.
The economizer dampers can be controlled directly with
floating or PWM outputs, or indirectly using a digital output as
an enable/disable signal to a packaged economizer controller.
The economizer enable function, which decides when to allow
outdoor air to be used for free cooling, can be configured to
7

one of ten strategies based on the inputs. For more details,
see Appendix B—Sequences of Operation. When the
economizer position is controlled from the W7750, the
minimum position setting (for ventilation requirements) can be
adjusted based on indoor air quality (IAQ) needs in the space.
IAQ monitoring is provided through either a CO2 sensor or a
digital input from a space-mounted IAQ limit switch.
For heat pump configurations, up to four compressors can be
controlled, along with up to four stages of auxiliary heat, and a
heat/cool change over valve. Including the supply fan, the
combination of these items may not exceed eight outputs if a
W7750B,C is used, or six outputs for a W7750A. (The eight
outputs on the W7750C consist of five digital and three analog
outputs.)

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Like the W7751 VAV Box Controller, the W7750 Controller can
monitor a space-mounted occupancy sensor, and a door/
window contact. These inputs affect the operational mode of
the controller (see Table 5 for a list of all possible modes of
operation).
The W7750 Controller allows other controllers in the system to
use the W7750s physical inputs and outputs. A digital input
and an analog input can be configured to read switch states
and voltage sensor values, respectively, and send them out
over the LONWORKS Bus network. The Q7750A Zone
Manager can use these values in custom control strategies.
Additionally, two of the W7750 digital outputs are available for
control program use. These outputs only respond to signals
sent over the network, and are not controlled by the W7750
internal control algorithms.

Form No.

Title

74-2956

Excel 10 W7750A,B,C Controller Specification
Data

74-2697

Excel 10 T7770A,B,C,D,E,F,G Wall Module
Specification Data

74-3097

T7560A,B Digital Wall Module Specification
Data

74-2950

Excel 10 Q7750A, Zone Manager Specification
Data

74-2952

Excel 10 Q7751A,B Router Specification Data

74-2954

Excel 10 Q7752A Serial Interface Specification
Data

74-3067

Q7752B PCMCIA LONWORKS PCC-10 Card
Specification Data

74-2858

Excel 10 Q7740A,B FTT Repeaters
Specification Data

74-2951

Excel 10 Q7750A Zone Manager Checkout
and Test Manual

95-7521

Excel 10 W7750A,B,C Controller Installation
Instructions

95-7538

Excel 10 T7770A,B,C,D,E,F,G Wall Module
Installation Instructions

95-7620

T7560A,B Digital Wall Module Installation
Instructions

95-7509

Excel 10 Q7750A Zone Manager Installation
Instructions

95-7510

Excel 10 Q7751A,B Router Installation
Instructions

95-7511

Excel 10 Q7752A Serial Interface Installation
Instructions

95-7613

Q7752B PCMCIA LONWORKS PCC-10 Card
Installation Instructions

95-7555

Excel 10 Q7740A,B FTT Repeaters Installation
Instructions

95-7554

Excel 10 209541B Termination Module
Installation Instructions

74-2588

Excel E-Vision User’s Guide

74-5587

CARE User’s Manual

74-1392

CARE Excel 10 Zone Manager User’s Guide

74-5577

CARE Icon Guide

74-2039

XBS User’s Manual

74-5018

XBS Application Guide

Products Covered
This System Engineering Guide describes how to apply the
Excel 10 family of W7750 CVAHU Controllers and related
accessories to typical applications. The specific devices
covered include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

W7750A,B,C Controllers.
T7770A through D Wall Modules.
T7560A,B Wall Modules.
Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager.
Q7751A,B Router (FTT to FTT and TPT to FTT).
Q7752A Serial Interface.
Q7740A,B Repeaters (2-way and 4-way).
209541B FTT Termination Module.

Organization of Manual
This manual is divided into three basic parts: the Introduction,
the Application Steps, and the Appendices that provide
supporting information. The Introduction and Application
Steps 1 through 5 provide the information needed to make
accurate material ordering decisions. Application Step 6 and
the Appendices include configuration engineering that can be
started using Excel E-Vision PC Software after the devices
and accessories are ordered. Application Step 7 is
troubleshooting.
The organization of the manual assumes a project is being
engineered from start to finish. If an operator is adding to, or is
changing an existing system, the Table of Contents can
provide the relevant information.

Applicable Literature
The following list of documents contains information related to
the Excel 10 W7750 CVAHU Controller and the EXCEL 5000
OPEN SYSTEM in general.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Product Names

NOTE: The T7770B,C Models are available with a absolute
55 to 85°F (10 to 85°C) or a relative scale plate
adjustable in E-Vision to ± 18°F (± 5°C).

The W7750 Controller is available in three models:
• W7750A Constant Volume AHU Controller - W7750A
Version.
• W7750B Constant Volume AHU Controller - W7750B
Version.
• W7750C Constant Volume AHU Controller - W7750C
Version.
The T7770 Wall Module is available in four models. The
T7770 Wall Modules will work with all Excel 5000 and Excel
10 Controllers (except the W7751A,C,E,G):

The T7560A,B Wall Module is available in two models:
• T7560A Wall Module displays and provides space
temperature, setpoint, Occ/Unocc override, override status
LCD and digital display.
• T7560B Wall Module displays and provides space
temperature, humidity sensor, setpoint, Occ/Unocc
override, override status LCD and digital display.

• T7770A1xxx Wall Module with nonlinearized 20 Kohm
NTC sensor only.
• T7770A2xxx Wall Module with nonlinearized 20 Kohm
NTC sensor and LONWORKS Bus jack.
• T7770B1xxx Wall Module with nonlinearized 20 Kohm
NTC sensor, 10 Kohm setpoint, and LONWORKS Bus jack.
• T7770C1xxx Wall Module with nonlinearized 20 Kohm
NTC sensor, 10 Kohm setpoint, bypass button and LED,
and LONWORKS Bus jack.
• T7770D1xxx Wall Module with nonlinearized 20 Kohm
NTC sensor, bypass button and LED, and LONWORKS Bus
jack.

Other products:
• Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager.
• Q7751A,B Bus Router.
• Q7752A Serial Adapter.
• Q7740A,B FTT Repeaters.
• 209541B FTT Termination Module.
Refer to Table 11 in Application Step 5. Order Equipment for a
complete listing of all available part numbers.
NOTE: The Q7750A Zone Manager is referred to as (E-Link)
in internal software and CARE.

Agency Listings
Table 1 provides information on agency listings for Excel 10
products. Be sure to always follow Local Electrical Codes.

Table 1. Agency Listing.
Device

Agency

W7750A,B,C Controllers

Tested and listed under UL916 (file number E87741). The CVAHU W7750A,B,C
Controllers are UL94-5V listed and suitable for plenum mounting.

cUL

Listed (E87741).

General Immunity per European Consortium Standards EN50081-1 (CISPR 22, Class B)
and EN 50082-1:1992 (based on Residential, Commercial, and Light Industrial).
EN 61000-4-2:
IEC 1000-4-2 (IEC 801-2) Electromagnetic Discharge.
EN 50140, EN 50204: IEC 1000-4-3 (IEC 801-3) Radiated Electromagnetic Field.
EN 61000-4-4:
IEC 1000-4-4 (IEC 801-4)
Electrical Fast Transient (Burst). Radiated Emissions and
Conducted Emissions:
EN 55022:
1987 Class B.
CISPR-22:
1985.

FCC

Complies with requirements in FCC Part 15 rules for a Class B Computing Device.
Operation in a residential area can cause interference to radio or TV reception and require
the operator to take steps necessary to correct the interference.

T7770A,B,C,D and
T7560A,B Wall Modules

Comments

(Not applicable.)

cUL

(Not applicable.)

FCC

(Not applicable.)

Q7750A Excel 10
Zone Manager

Q7740A,B FTT
Repeaters, Q7751A,B
Routers and
Q7752A Serial Adapter

Tested and listed under UL916, file number S4804 (QVAX, PAZY).

CSA

Listing pending.

FCC

Complies with requirements in FCC Part 15 rules for a Class A Computing Device.
Operation in a residential area can cause interference to radio or TV reception and require
the operator to take steps necessary to correct the interference.

UL1784.

CSA

Listed.

FCC

Complies with requirements in FCC Part 15 rules for a Class B Computing Device.
9

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Abbreviations and Definitions
AHUAir Handling Unit; the central fan system that includes
the blower, heating equipment, cooling equipment,
ventilation air equipment, and other related equipment.

Excel 10 Zone ManagerA controller that is used to
interface between the C-Bus and the LONWORKS Bus.
The Excel 10 Zone Manager also has the functionality
of an Excel 100 Controller, but has no physical I/O
points.

COCarbon Monoxide. Occasionally used as a measure of
indoor air quality.

NOTE: The Q7750A Zone Manager can be referred to as
E-Link in the internal software, CARE.

CO2Carbon Dioxide. Often used as a measure of indoor air
quality.
CAREComputer Aided Regulation Engineering; the PC
based tool used to configure C-Bus and LONWORKS Bus
devices.
C-BusHoneywell proprietary Control Bus for
communications between EXCEL 5000 System
controllers and components.

E-VisionUser interface software used with devices that
operate via the FTT LONWORKS Bus communications
protocol.
FirmwareSoftware stored in a nonvolatile memory medium
such as an EPROM.
Floating ControlRefers to Series 60 Modulating Control of
a valve or damper. Floating Control utilizes one digital
output to pulse the actuator open, and another digital
output to pulse it closed.

CPUCentral Processing Unit; an EXCEL 5000 OPEN
SYSTEM controller module.

FTTFree Topology Transceiver.

cULUnderwriters Laboratories Canada
CVAHUConstant Volume AHU; refers to a type of air
handler with a single-speed fan that provides a constant
amount of supply air to the space it serves.
DDFDelta Degrees Fahrenheit.
D/XDirect Expansion; refers to a type of mechanical cooling
where refrigerant is (expanded) to its cold state, within a
heat-exchanging coil that is mounted in the air stream
supplied to the conditioned space.
EchelonThe company that developed the LONWORKS Bus
and the Neuron chips used to communicate on the
LONWORKS Bus.
EconomizerRefers to the mixed-air dampers that regulate
the quantity of outdoor air that enters the building. In
cool outdoor conditions, fresh air can be used to
supplement the mechanical cooling equipment.
Because this action saves energy, the dampers are
often referred to as economizer dampers.
EMIElectromagnetic Interference; electrical noise that can
cause problems with communications signals.
E-LinkRefers to the Q7750A Zone Manager. This name is
used in internal software and in CARE software.
EMSEnergy Management System; refers to the controllers
and algorithms responsible for calculating optimum
operational parameters for maximum energy savings in
the building.

IAQIndoor Air Quality. Refers to the quality of the air in the
conditioned space, as it relates to occupant health and
comfort.
I/OInput/Output; the physical sensors and actuators
connected to a controller.
I x RI times R or current times resistance; refers to Ohms
Law: V = I x R.
KDegrees Kelvin.
Level IVRefers to a classification of digital communication
wire. Formerly known as UL Level IV, but not equivalent
to Category IV cable. If there is any question about wire
compatibility, use Honeywell-approved cables (see Step
5 Order Equipment section).
LONWORKS BusEchelons LONWORKS network for
communication among Excel 10 Controllers.
LONWORKS Bus SegmentAn LONWORKS Bus section
containing no more than 60 Excel 10s. Two segments
can be joined together using a router.
NECNational Electrical Code; the body of standards for
safe field-wiring practices.
NEMANational Electrical Manufacturers Association; the
standards developed by an organization of companies
for safe field wiring practices.
NodeA Communications Connection on a network; an
Excel 10 Controller is one node on the LONWORKS Bus
network.

EEPROMElectrically Erasable Programmable Read Only
Memory; the variable storage area for saving user
setpoint values and factory calibration information.

NVNetwork Variable; an Excel 10 parameter that can be
viewed or modified over the LONWORKS Bus network.

EnthalpyThe energy content of air measured in BTUs per
pound (KiloJoules per Kilogram).

PCAn Personal Computer with Pentium processor capable
of running Microsoft Windows 95.

EPROMErasable Programmable Read Only Memory; the
firmware that contains the control algorithms for the
Excel 10 Controller.

PotPotentiometer. A variable resistance electronic
component located on the T7770B,C or T7560A,B Wall
Modules; used to allow user-adjusted setpoints to be
input into the Excel 5000 or Excel 10 Controllers.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

PWMPulse Width Modulated output; allows analog
modulating control of equipment using a digital output
on the controller.

Construction

RTDResistance Temperature Detector; refers to a type of
temperature sensor whose resistance output changes
according to the temperature change of the sensing
element.

The Excel 10 W7750 Controller is available in three different
models. The W7750A Model, which is a low cost controller
made for simple single zone air handlers and heat pump
controls. The W7750B,C Models are intended for more
complex applications.

Controllers

SubnetA LONWORKS Bus segment that is separated by a
router from its Q7750A Zone Manager.

The W7750B,C Models use Triacs for their digital outputs,
where as the W7750A Model uses dry-contact relays. The
W7750C Model also has three analog outputs available on
terminals 16, 17 and 18.

TODTime-Of-Day; the scheduling of Occupied and
Unoccupied times of operation.
TPTTwisted Pair Transceiver.

All wiring connections to the controller are made at screw
terminal blocks. Connection for operator access to the
LONWORKS Bus is provided by plugging the SLTA connector
cable into the LONWORKS Bus communications jack.

VAVolt Amperes; a measure of electrical power output or
consumption as applies to an ac device.
VacVoltage alternating current; ac voltage rather than dc
voltage.
VAVVariable Air Volume; refers to either a type of air
distribution system, or to the W7751 Excel 10 VAV Box
Controller that controls a single zone in a variable air
volume delivery system.
VOCVolatile Organic Compound; refers to a class of
common pollutants sometimes found in buildings.
Sources include out-gassing of construction materials,
production-line by-products, and general cleaning
solvents. A VOC is occasionally used as a measure of
indoor air quality.
W7750The model number of the Excel 10 CVAHU
Controllers (also see CVAHU).

The W7750A,B,C Models consist of a single circuit board that
is mounted in a sheet metal subbase and protected by a
factory snap-on cover. The three controllers have the same
physical appearance except for terminals 16 through 20
(W7750A) and different labels next to the wiring terminals
(see Fig. 3, 5 or 6). Wires are attached to the screw terminal
blocks on both sides of the controller. The controllers mount
with two screws (see Fig. 4 or 7). The W7750 can also be
mounted using DIN rail. To mount the W7750 on DIN rail,
purchase two DIN rail adapters (obtain locally) part number
TKAD, from Thomas and Betts, see Fig. 8, then snap onto
standard EN 50 022 35 mm by 7.5 mm (1-3/8 in. by 5/16 in.)
DIN rail. DIN rail is available through local suppliers.
A channel in the cover allows the controller status LED to be
visible when the cover is in place. There are no fieldserviceable parts on the circuit board and, therefore, it is
intended that the cover never be removed.

W7751The model number of the Excel 10 VAV Box
Controllers (also see VAV).
Wall ModuleThe Excel 10 Space Temperature Sensor and
other optional controller inputs are contained in the
T7770 or the T7560A,B Wall Modules. See Application
Step 5. Order Equipment for details on the various
models of Wall Modules.
XBSExcel Building Supervisor; a PC based tool for
monitoring and changing parameters in C-Bus devices.

The W7750A,B,C can be mounted in any orientation.
Ventilation openings were designed into the cover to allow
proper heat dissipation regardless of the mounting orientation.
See Fig. 4 and 7.
The input/output and control differences between the two
models are summarized in Table 2. The I/O points in Table 2
are the free I/O points that are not reserved for Wall Module
use.

Table 2. List of Differences in W7750A and W7750B,C Controllers.
W7750A Model

W7750B,C Models

Digital Outputs

Six Relay Outputs

Digital Inputs

Two

Four

Wall Module

One*

One*
Three 4 to 20 mA Outputs (W7750C only)

Eight Triac Outputs

Analog Outputs

None

Analog Inputs

One (Resistive Input Only) Four (Two Resistive and two Voltage/Current Inputs)

DC Power

None

20 Vdc available to power optional sensors

Floating (Series 60) Control Economizer Only

Heating, Cooling, and/or Economizer

PWM Control

Heating, Cooling, and/or Economizer

None

*The T7770 or the T7560 Wall Modules includes I/O points for
two analog inputs for the space temperature and the setpoint
knob, a digital input for the Bypass pushbutton, and a digital

output for the LED Bypass Indicator. These W7750 I/O
points are configurable, but are normally used for the Wall
Module.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

W7750A

30 29

28 27 26
Y2

25 24 23
22

NETWORK
DO
Rc

21 20 19

18 17 16
24
24
VAC NOT NOT
NOT NOT NOT
VAC
COM USED USED
USED USED USED

E LED
BYPASS SNSR
GND
GND SET PT AI-1
GND DI-1
GND GND
OHM
DI-2 NOT
LONWORKS
1
2 3
LON
USED
4 5 6
BUS
JACK
7
8 9

11 12 13
14

Fig. 3. Excel 10 W7750A Constant Volume AHU Controller.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

2-1/8
(54)

30 29

28 27 26

25 24 23 22

NEYWORK
DO
WI

E
GND

LED

BYPASS

SNSR

24
VAC

AI-1
OHM

GND

DI-1

GND

SET PT

21 20 19 18

24
VAC
COM

NOT
USED

GND

DI-2

NOT
USED

LONWORKS

11 12 13 14

BUS

16
NOT
USED

5-5/8
(143)

ON
JACK

3-1/16
(77)

5-3/16 (132)
6 (152)

M10098B

Fig. 4. W7750A construction in in. (mm).
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Power:
24 Vac with a minimum of 20 Vac and a maximum of 30 Vac at
either 50 or 60 Hz. The W7750A power consumption is 6 VA
maximum at 50 or 60 Hz. The W7750B,C power consumption
is 12 VA maximum at 50 or 60 Hz.The W7750A,B,C is a NEC
Class 2 rated device. This listing imposes limits on the amount
of power the product can consume or directly control to a total
of 100 VA.

Special Note for the W7750B,C Unit:
The individual Triac outputs incorporate an internal common
connection with the input power transformer. The Triacs
provide a switched path from the hot side (R) of the
transformer through the load to the common of the
transformer. The W7750B,C Controller design must use the
same power transformer for any loads connected to that
controller; see Fig. 30.
Each individual Triac is rated 1A at 30 Vac maximum. Under
all operating conditions, the maximum load/source power
budget for the W7750B,C Controller is 100 VA. Actual
allowable Triac current is 500 mA MAX.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

31
DI-4

30 29
DI
GND

E
GND

LED

DI-3

28 27 26
DI-2

BYPASS SNS
R

DI
GND

AI
GND

DI-1

SET PT

25 24 23
22
VAC
24

AI-1
OHM

VAC
24
COM

1
OUT

AI
GND

A1-2
OHM

2
OUT

21 20 19
18
3
OUT

4
OUT

5
OUT

AI-3
V/mA

AI
GND

AI-4
V/mA

20VDC
OUT

11 12 13
14

6
OUT

7
OUT

8
OUT

LONWORKS
BUS

LON
JACK

M6854B

Fig. 5. Excel 10 W7750B Constant Volume AHU Controller.
CPU:
Motorola or Toshiba 3150 Neuron processor, containing three
eight-bit CPUs. Each Neuron has a unique 48-bit network
identification number.
Memory Capacity:
64K ROM/PROM (6K reserved for network operations, 58K
usable for control algorithm code).
512 bytes EEPROM.
2K RAM.

74-2958—1

Specified Space Temperature Sensing Range:
45 to 99°F (7 to 37°C) with an allowable control setpoint range
from 50 to 90°F (10 to 32°C) when initiated from the network
and 55 to 85°F (13 to 29°C) when configured and connected
to T7770 or T7560 Wall Modules.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

31
DI-4

E
GND

30 29
DI
GND

LED

DI-3

28 27 26
DI-2

BYPASS SNS
R

DI
GND

DI-1

AI
GND

SET PT

25 24 23
22
VAC
24

VAC
24
COM

1
OUT

AI-1
OHM

AI
GND

A1-2
OHM

2
OUT

21 20 19
18
3
OUT

4
OUT

5
OUT

AI-3
V/mA

AI
GND

AI-4
V/mA

20VDC
OUT

11 12 13
14

A0
1

A0
2

A0
3

LONWORKS
BUS

LON
JACK

M17489

Fig. 6. Excel 10 W7750C Constant Volume AHU Controller.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

2-1/8
(54)

30 29

28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
VAC
3
2
4
A0 A0 A0
1
5
VAC 24
DI
DI-4 GND DI-3 DI-2 DI DI-1 24 COM OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT 1
2
3
GND

E LED BYPASS SNSR AI SET PT AI-1 AI AI-2 AI-3 AI AI-4 20VDC LONWORKS LON
GND
GND
BUS
OHM GND OHM V/mA GND V/mA OUT
JACK
1

11 12 13 14

5-5/8
(143)

3-1/16
(77)

5-3/16 (132)
6 (152)

M17490

Fig. 7. W7750B,C construction in in. (mm). W7750C (shown) has three 4 to 20 mA analog outputs.)
Communications:
The W7750A,B,C Controller uses a Free Topology
Transceiver (FTT) transformer-coupled communications port
running at 78 kilobits per second (kbps). Using the
transformer-coupled communications interface offers a much
higher degree of common-mode noise rejection while
ensuring dc isolation.

74-2958—1

Approved cable types for LONWORKS Bus communications
wiring is Level IV 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) plenum or nonplenum
rated unshielded, twisted pair, solid conductor wire. For
nonplenum areas, use Level IV 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) such as
U.S. part AK3781 (one pair) or U.S. part AK3782 (two pair). In
plenum areas, use plenum-rated Level IV, 22 AWG (0.34
mm2) such as U.S. part AK3791 (one pair) or U.S. part
AK3792 (two pair). (See Tables 9 and 11 for part numbers.)
Contact Echelon Corp. Technical Support for the
recommended vendors of Echelon approved cables.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

2
3

M6857

Fig. 8. DIN rail adapters.
The FTT supports polarity insensitive free topology wiring.
This frees the system installer from wiring using a specific bus
topology. T-tap, star, loop, and mixed wiring topologies are all
supported by this architecture. The maximum LONWORKS Bus
length when using a combination of T-tap, star, loop, and bus
wiring (singly terminated) is 1640 ft. (500m) with the maximum
node-to-node length of 1312 ft. (400m). In the event that the
total wire length is exceeded, then a Q7740A 2-Way Repeater
or a Q7740B 4-Way Repeater can be used to allow the
number of devices to be spread out as well as increasing the
length of wire over which they communicate. The maximum
number of repeaters per segment is one (on either side of the
router). A Q7751A,B LONWORKS Bus Router can also be used
to effectively double the maximum LONWORKS Bus length.
The advantage of using the router is that it segregates traffic
to a segment while when using the repeater, all traffic is
repeated on each segment. When utilizing a doubly
terminated LONWORKS Bus structure, use a continuous daisy-

FTT networks are very flexible and convenient to install and
maintain, but it is imperative to carefully plan the network
layout and create and maintain accurate documentation. This
aids in compliance verification and future expansion of the
FTT network. This also keeps unknown or inaccurate wire run
lengths, node-to-node (device-to-device) distances, node
counts, total wire length, inaccurate repeater/router locations,
and misplaced or missing terminations minimized. Refer to
LONWORKS Bus Wiring Guidelines form, 74-2865 for complete
description of network topology rules.

74-2958—1

chain with no stubs or taps from the main backbone, The
maximum LONWORKS Bus length is 4593 ft. (1400m) with the
maximum node-to-node length of 3773 ft. (1150m).

LONMARK® FUNCTIONAL PROFILE
W7750 Controllers support the LONMARK Functional Profile
number 8030 Roof Top Unit Controller, version 1.0
(see Fig. 9).

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Inputs/Outputs:
The W7750A Unit supports the following hardware features:

Hardware
Output

• Three 20 Kohm NTC (1000 through 150,000 ohm) or
PT3000 (250 through 12,000 ohm) resistive analog inputs
(one reserved for space temperature and one reserved for
the setpoint knob).
• Three dry contact digital inputs (one reserved for the
Bypass pushbutton).
• LED digital output (only for the wall module LED) 2.5V at 3
mA.
• Six 24 Vac relay digital outputs (1.5A relays rated at 7.5A
inrush current).

Roof Top Unit
Controller number 8030

nv1

nviSpaceTemp
SNVT_temp_p

nv2

nviSetPoint
SNVT_temp_p

Mandatory
Network
Variables

nv3

nvoSpaceTemp
SNVT_ temp_p

nvoUnitStatus
nv4 SNVT_hvac_status

nviApplicMode
nv5 SNVT_hvac_mode

nv10

nvoEffectSetPt
SNVT_ temp_p

nv6

nviOccCmd
SNVT_occupancy

nv11

nvoOutsideTemp
SNVT_ temp_p

nv7

nviSetPtOffset
SNVT_ temp_p

nv12

nvoOutsideRH
SNVT_ lev_percent

nv8

nviOutsideTemp
SNVT_ temp_p

nv9

nviOutsideRH
SNVT_lev_percent

Optional
Network
Variables

nv16

The W7750B,C Units support the following hardware features:
• Four 20 Kohm NTC (1000 through 150,000 ohm) or
PT3000 (250 through 12,000 ohm) resistive analog inputs
(one reserved for space temperature and one reserved for
the setpoint knob).
• Two 0.2 to 10 VDC or 2 to 20 mA (user selectable) analog
inputs.
• Five dry contact digital inputs (one reserved for the Bypass
pushbutton).
• Eight on the W7750B (five on the W7750C) 24 Vac Triac
digital outputs (500 mA MAX). The W7750C Unit also
supports three 4 to 20 mA analog outputs.
• LED digital output (only for the wall module LED, T7770
models or LCD, T7560A,B) 2.5V at 3 mA.
• One 20 Vdc power supply for auxiliary devices with a
maximum current of 50 mA.

nvoCO 2
SNVT_ppm

nviSpaceRH
nv13 SNVT_ lev_percent

nv14

nv15

nviCO2
SNVT_ppm

ANALOG INPUTS:

nviEmergCmd
SNVT_hvac_emerg

NOTE: Only one of each type of input is allowed. For
example, only one Outdoor Air Temperature sensor
is allowed. No duplicate Outdoor Air Temperature
sensors are usable on the same controller.

Configuration Properties
nc49 - Send Heartbeat
(mandatory)
nc60 - Occupancy Temperature Setpoints (mandatory)
nc48 - Maximum Receive Time
(optional)
nc17 - Location
(optional)
(mandatory)
nc42 - CO 2 Limit

Space Temperature:
Type: RTD.
Supported Sensors: T7770A,B,C,D; T7560A,B.
Discharge Air Temperature:
Type: RTD.
Supported Sensors: C7100A1015*, C7770A1006,
C7031B1033, C7031C1031, C7031D1062, C7031F1018
(W7750B,C only), C7031J1050, C7031K1017.

Manufacturer
Defined
Section
Hardware
Input

M11580

Fig. 9. Functional profile of LONMARK® RTU object details
(variables not implemented in Excel 10 CVAHU
are greyed).
Environmental:
Operating Temperature: -40 to 150°F (-40 to 65.5°C).
Shipping Temperature:
-40 to 150°F (-40 to 65.5°C).
Relative Humidity:
5% to 95% noncondensing.
Vibration:
Rated V2 level compliant.
74-2958—1

Outdoor Air Temperature:
Type: RTD.
Supported Sensors: C7170A1002.
Return Air Temperature:
Type: RTD.
Supported Sensors: C7100A1015*, C7770A1006,
C7031B1033, C7031C1031, C7031D1062, C7031F1018
(W7750B,C only), C7031J1050, C7031K1017.
*The PT3000 sensor is not recommended for floating control
(real time - discharge or return configured as space sensor).
The PT3000 sensor is intended for monitoring or differential
(staged) control

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Outdoor Air Humidity (W7750B,C only):
Type: Voltage/Current.
Supported Sensors: C7600B1000 and C7600B1018
(2 to 10V), C7600C1008 (4 to 20mA).

Outdoor Air Enthalpy (W7750B,C only):
Type: Current.
Supported Sensors: C7400A1004 (4 to 20mA).

— Dirty Filter:
Contact Closed = Dirty Filter
— Shutdown Signal:
Contact Closed = Shut off all equipment
— Occupancy Switch:
Contact Closed = Room is Occupied; Contact Open =
Room is Unoccupied
— Window Monitor:
Contact Closed = Window is Closed
— Coil Freeze Stat: (Only use this DI when using E-Vision.)
Contact Closed = Coil Freeze condition sensed
— Wall Module Bypass Pushbutton:
Momentary DI (See Appendix B—Sequences of Operation
for bypass details.)

Return Air Enthalpy (W7750B,C only):
Type: Current.
Supported Sensors: C7400A1004 (4 to 20mA).

TRIAC OUTPUTS ON THE (W7750B,C MODELS ONLY):
— Power ratings: 20 Vac to 30 Vac at 25 mA MIN to 500 mA
MAX current for any voltage.

Return Air Humidity (W7750B,C only):
Type: Voltage/Current.
Supported Sensors: C7600B1000 and C7600B1018
(2 to 10V), C7600C1008 (4 to 20mA).

Air Filter Differential Pressure (W7750B,C only):
Type: Voltage.
Supported Sensors: Third party 2 to 10V, 0 to 5 inw
(1.25 kPa) differential pressure sensors.

CAUTION
When any device is energized by a Triac, the device
must be able to sink a minimum of 25 mA.

CO2 Sensor (W7750B,C only):
Type: Voltage.
Supported Sensors: Third party 0 to 10V, 0 to 2000 ppm
CO2 sensors.

NOTE: Triacs sink current to the 24 Vac common (COM
terminal on the W7750B,C Models); see Fig. 30 for
wiring example.

Monitor Sensor for network use (W7750B,C only):
Type: Voltage.
Supported Sensors: Third party 2 to 10V, 2 to 10 volts
displayed.

IMPORTANT
If non-Honeywell motors, actuators, or transducers
are to be used with Excel 10 Controllers, Triac compatibility must be verified (see previous NOTE).

DIGITAL INPUTS:

DIGITAL OUTPUTS:
COOL STAGE 1
COOL STAGE 2
COOL STAGE 3
COOL STAGE 4
HEAT STAGE 1
HEAT STAGE 2
HEAT STAGE 3
HEAT STAGE 4
CHANGE OVER RELAY
FAN
AUX ECON
OCCUPANCY STATUS
ECON OPEN
ECON CLOSE
COOL OPEN
COOL CLOSE
HEAT OPEN
HEAT CLOSE
HEAT COOL STAGE 1
HEAT COOL STAGE 2
HEAT COOL STAGE 3
HEAT COOL STAGE 4
FREE1 (NOTE: Free1, Free1 Pulse On and Free1 Pulse Off
are three separate and unique digital output points. Because
they are not related, they all can be configured in a CVAHU
controller at the same time.)
FREE2
FREE1 PULSE ON
FREE1 PULSE OFF
ECON PWM
HEAT PWM
COOL PWM
UNUSED

NOTE: Only one of each type of input is allowed. For
example, only one Smoke Monitor is allowed. No
duplicate Smoke Monitors are usable on the same
controller.
Dry-contact inputs are sensed using a 9 milliamp at 4.8 volts
detection circuit. It is very important that the device used
contains high quality, noncorroding contacts with resistivity
that does not degrade; that is, increase over time. Use noble
metal (such as gold or silver), or pimpled or sealed contacts to
assure consistent, long-term operation.
Two of the following Digital Inputs (DIs) can be configured
when using the W7750A, and four of the following when using
the W7750B,C:
— Fan Status:
Contact Closed = Fan on
— IAQ Switch:
Contact Closed = Poor Air Quality
— Time Clock:
Contact Closed = Occupied Mode; Contact Open =
Unoccupied Mode
— Schedule Master:
Contact Closed = Local time clock is used as master time
clock
— Economizer Enable Signal:
Contact Closed = Economizer Enabled for cooling use
— Smoke Monitor:
Contact Closed = Smoke Detected

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Wall Modules

size (see Product Names section for differences). The models
T7560A1016 and T7560B1018 are shown in Fig. 11. The
T7560A,B are the same physical size.

The T7770 or T7560 Wall Modules for the Excel 5000 and
Excel 10 Controllers are available in a variety of
configurations. The models T7770A1006 and T7770C1002
are shown in Fig. 10. The T7770B,D are the same physical

Duct Sensor
The dimensions of the C7770A duct-mounted sensor are
shown in Fig. 12.

K NOCKOUTS FOR EUROPE AN
A PPLIC ATIONS

65
5-1/16
(128)

60
55

29/32
(23)

3-5/32 (80)

5-1/16
(128)

1-1/4
(32)

3-5/32 (80)

2-3/8 (60)

2-3/8
(60)

1
E-BUS

STANDARD
UTILITY
CONDUIT
BOX (2 X 4)
M OUNTING
HOLE S

T7770C

AL COM
GND

E-BUS

SENSOR
SENSOR

GND

SETPT
SETPT

SENSOR

BYPASS/FAN

LED

FAN

LED RETURN

SETPT

LED

BYPASS

W7752

1,3,5=on; 2,4=off 2,4=on; 1,3,5=off 1,2,3,4=on; 5=0ff

DIP Switch S4 Settings:

XL600-XL20

STANDARD
UTILITY
CONDUIT
BOX (2 X 4)
M OUNTING
HOLE S

W7753

T7770A1006

2-3/8
(60)

M15119

Fig. 10. T7770A,B,C,D construction in in. (mm).

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

3-7/16
(86)
4
(100)
12345678

2-11/16 (68)
3-7/8 (97)

4-1/8
(104)

3-15/16 (99)

1-3/16 (30)
M17479

Fig. 11. T7560A,B construction in in. (mm).

1-1/2 (38)

8-1/2 (216)
1/2 (13)

3/4 (19)

1/2 IN. (13)
DIAMETER

3/8 IN. (10)
DIAMETER

7/8
(22)
3-1/2 (89)
1/4 (6)
DIAMETER (2 HOLES)

1/2 (13)

6-5/32 (156)
M7724

Fig. 12. C7770A construction in in. (mm).

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Configurations

CAUTION

General

For floating control, the Excel 10 W7750 Controller is
designed to work only with Series 60 valve and
damper actuators. Full stroke actuator drive-time must
be between 20 and 240 seconds (0.25 to 4.0 minutes).

Tables 3 and 4 provide an overview of the Excel 10 W7750
configuration options. All W7750s are assumed to have a
supply fan digital output. Additionally, Tables 3 and 4 list the
general mechanical equipment options available with the
W7750 Controller. See Application Step 6. Configure
Controllers, for further information on configurations.

Table 3. Common Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers.
Option

Possible Configurations Common To All W7750 Models

Supply Fan

1. Mandatory Digital Output.

Type of Air Handler

1. Conventional.
2. Heat Pump.

Occupancy Sensor

1. None.
2. Connected: Contacts closed equals Occupied.
3. Network (Occ/Unocc signal received via the LONWORKS Bus network).

Window Sensor

1. None.
2. Physically Connected: Contacts closed equals window closed.
3. Network (Window Open/Closed signal received via the LONWORKS Bus).

Wall Module Option

1. Local (direct wired to the controller).

(The T77560A,B has no LONWORKS Bus access)

2. Network (sensor value received via the LONWORKS Bus).

Wall Module Type

1. Sensor only.

(All wall modules have a LONWORKS Bus access

2. Sensor and Setpoint adjust.

jack except T7560A,B)

3. Sensor, Setpoint adjust and Bypass.
4. Sensor and Bypass.

Smoke Emergency Initiation

1. None.
2. Physically Connected: Contacts closed equals smoke detected.
3. Network (Emergency/Normal signal received via the LONWORKS Bus).

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 4. Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers.
Option

Possible Configurations for the
W7750A Model

Possible Configurations for the W7750B,C Models

Type of

1. One stage.

Heating

2. Two stages.

3. Three stages.

4. Four stages.

5. None.

5. Series 60 Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.
6. Pulse Width Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.
7. None.

Type of
Cooling

1. One stage.

2. Two stages.

3. Three stages.

4. Four stages.

5. None.

5. Series 60 Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.
6. Pulse Width Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.
7. None.

Type of
Economizer

1. Digital Output Enable/Disable
signal for controlling an external
economizer package.

1. Digital Output Enable/Disable signal for controlling an external
economizer package.

2. Series 60 Modulating electric
damper motor, or pneumatic via
transducer.

2. Series 60 Modulating electric damper motor, or pneumatic via
transducer.

3. None.

3. Pulse Width Modulating electric damper motor, or pneumatic via
transducer.

1. None.

2. Local IAQ Digital Input—directly
wired to the controller. (Contacts
closed means poor IAQ is
detected.)

2. Local IAQ Digital Input—directly wired to the controller. (Contacts
closed means poor IAQ is detected.)

3. Network (IAQ Override signal
received via the LONWORKS Bus).

3. Network (IAQ Override signal received via the LONWORKS Bus).

4. None.
IAQ Option

4. Local CO2 Analog Input—directly wired to the controller. (The sensor
must be a 0 to 10V device representing 0 to 2000 PPM CO2.)
Coil Freeze

1. None.

Stat Option

2. Local Coil Freeze Stat Digital Input—directly wired to the controller.
2. Local Coil Freeze Stat Digital
Input—directly wired to the controller. (Contacts closed means that coil freeze condition is sensed.)
(Contacts closed means that coil
freeze condition is sensed.)

Filter Monitor

1. None.

Option

2. Local Dirty Filter Digital
2. Local Dirty Filter Digital Input—directly wired to the controller.
(Contacts closed means that the filter is dirty.)
Input—directly wired to the
controller. (Contacts closed means
that the filter is dirty.)

1. None.

3. Local Analog Input for Differential Pressure across the Filter (directly
wired to the controller). The sensor must be a 2 to 10V device
representing 0 to 5 inw (1.25 kPa).

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Allowable Heating and Cooling Equipment
Configurations
Each W7750 device can control a variety of different types of
mechanical cooling and heating equipment within roof top air
handlers. See Fig. 13 through 17 for a conceptual overview of
some typical configurations. For specific wiring details, see
the Prepare Wiring Diagrams section.
STAGED HEATING/COOLING CONTROL
Staged equipment control is available for up to four stages of
heating or four stages of cooling. On the W7750, the stages
are activated through digital outputs (Triacs on the W7750B,C
and dry-contact relays on the W7750A) one for each stage
wired to 24 Vac contactors (see Fig. 27 and 30 in Step 4.
Prepare Wiring Diagrams section for wiring details). Note that
the number of physical Digital Outputs (DOs) on the controller
limits the total number of stages that can be controlled. For
example, the W7750A Model has six digital outputs, and
because one is used for the supply fan, there are five DOs
available for any combination of heating and cooling stages
(with a maximum of four stages of heating and four stages for
cooling). The W7750B Model offers two additional DOs, for a
total of eight. The W7750C offers five DOs and three Analog
Outputs (AOs). Fig. 13 shows a typical application of two
stages of heat and two stages of cooling.

positions the actuator based on the length, in seconds, of the
pulse from the digital output. For PWM, the controller outputs
a pulse whose length consists of two parts, a minimum and a
maximum. The minimum pulse time represents the analog
value of 0 percent and the maximum pulse length that
represents an analog value of 100 percent. If the analog value
is greater than 0 percent, an additional time is added to the
minimum pulse time. The length of time added is directly
proportional to the magnitude of the analog value. The PWM
actuator will begin to use the analog value at the end of the
pulse and will continue to use this value until a new pulse is
received. Refer to Appendix B under PWM Control for an
example. Series 60 actuators are generally less expensive
than those for PWM, but the trade-off is that PWM requires
only a single controller digital output while floating control
uses two DOs. Refer to Appendix B under Series 60
Modulating Control for an example. Fig. 14 illustrates a
system with modulating heating and cooling (see Fig. 29 and
31 in Step 4. Prepare Wiring Diagrams section.

COOL
COIL

MIXED
AIR

DISCHARGE
AIR

FAN
-

COOL
COIL

MIXED
AIR

FAN
STARTER

CHILLED
WATER
VALVE

HOT
WATER
VALVE

DISCHARGE
AIR

FAN
-

FAN
STARTER

HEAT
COIL

COMPRESSORS
EXCEL 10
CVAHU
W7750A,B,C
Y1

T7560A,B OR T7770

Y2
GAS COMBUSTION
CONTROLS
W1 W2
M17492

Fig. 14. Fan, modulating heating and modulating cooling.

EXCEL 10
CVAHU
W7750A,B,C

NOTE: Pneumatically actuated valves can be controlled
using a pneumatic transducer device. See Fig. 17.
Also, transducer devices are available from third
party vendors to convert PWM outputs to a voltage
or current signal if desired.

T7560A,B OR T7770

M17491

Fig. 13. Fan with two stages of heating and two stages
of cooling.
MODULATING HEATING/COOLING CONTROL
The W7750 Controller provides modulating equipment control
for heating and cooling equipment (and economizer dampers,
see Fig. 16) using either Series 60 Floating Control or Pulse
Width Modulated (PWM) control, (PWM control is available on
the W7750B,C only). The Series 60 Modulating Control is
provided through two Relay digital outputs on the W7750A or
two Triac digital outputs on the W7750B,C (one to pulse the
valve actuator open and one to pulse it closed). PWM control

74-2958—1

HEAT PUMP CONTROL
The W7750 Controller handles heat pump applications
similarly to staged heating/cooling control. Heat pump
applications are supported by providing outputs for up to four
compressor stages, a change-over relay for the refrigerant
reversing valve, and up to four stages of auxiliary heat. Note
that the W7750A Model has six digital outputs, and therefore,
with one DO used for the supply fan and one for the changeover relay, there are four outputs available for any
combination of compressors and auxiliary heat stages. The
W7750B Model offers two additional DOs for a total of eight,
while the W7750C Model offers five DOs and 3 AOs. Fig. 15
illustrates a typical heat pump system with auxiliary heat.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

MIXED
AIR

ECONOMIZER CONTROL
Economizer control is available concurrently with any
configuration in the W7750 when DOs are not all used by the
heating and cooling equipment. Two types of economizer
controls are supported by the W7750 Controller, modulating
control and enable/disable control. Modulating control can be
either Series 60 Floating Control or PWM control (PWM
control is available on the W7750B,C only). A discharge air
temperature sensor is required for modulating economizer
damper control. Enable/disable control is provided to emulate
the Honeywell T7300 thermostat economizer operation,
where a DO tracks the occupancy status of the controller. An
external packaged economizer control then modulates the
dampers. For modulating control, the economizer is enabled
or disabled based on one of ten available strategies (see
Appendix B—Sequences of Operation—Economizer Enable/
Disable Control section, for further details). Fig. 16 illustrates
a system with modulating economizer dampers (see Fig. 29,
31, 32 and 35 in Step 4. Prepare Wiring Diagrams section, for
wiring details).

AUXILIARY
HEAT
STAGE(S)

SHARED
HEAT AND
COOL COIL

DISCHARGE
AIR

FAN
+
FAN
STARTER

COMPRESSOR AND
CHANGEOVER VALVE

COMP 1

CHANGEOVER
RELAY

COMP 2

EXCEL 10
CVAHU
W7750A,B,C

T7560A,B OR T7770

M17493

Fig. 15. Heat pump with two compressors and auxiliary
heat stage(s).
COOL
COIL

OUTDOOR
AIR

HEAT
COIL

DISCHARGE
AIR

FAN
-

M
FAN
STARTER
PWM OR
SERIES 60
FLOATING
MOTOR

RETURN
AIR

DISCHARGE
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR REQUIRED
FOR ECONOMIZER
CONTROL

T7560A,B OR T7770

EXCEL 10
CVAHU
W7750A,B,C

M17494

Fig. 16. Economizer control.
PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR CONTROL
The W7750B,C Controller can control pneumatic actuators for
any or all of the three modulating outputs provided by the
control algorithm (heat, cool and economizer). Control of
pneumatic water/steam valves and damper actuators is
provided through a transducer device using either Series 60
Floating Control or PWM DOs. A floating-to-pneumatic, or a
PWM-to-pneumatic transducer is required for each output
signal. The W7750A Controller can drive Series 60 Floating

Control to modulate cooling valves, heating valves and
economizers. There are no PWM outputs configurable on the
W7750A model.
For projects with existing pneumatically actuated reheat
valves, the Excel 10 W7750 Controller output must be
converted to a pneumatic signal using a transducer device
developed for use with Excel 10 Controllers. The transducer is

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

available through Honeywell, or directly from the
manufacturer, Mamac Systems (see Table 11 for ordering
information).

then the Effective Occupancy mode is STANDBY. The
temperature control algorithm is then controlled to the
STANDBY Cooling and Heating Setpoints.

Fig. 17 depicts a typical W7750 System with modulating
heating valve using a pneumatic valve actuator. Also see Fig.
36 for wiring an MMC325 Pneumatic Transducer to a
W7750A,B,C Controller and Fig. 37 for wiring a RP7517B
Pneumatic Transducer to a W7750C Controller.

If the occupancy sensor is not configured, a local controller
can be put in the STANDBY mode only by either a one-to-one
association of the occupancy sensor from another Excel 10
Controller to the local controller, or by receiving the STANDBY
mode signal via the LONWORKS Bus.
NOTE: The Excel 10 Controller has limited power available
(only 9 mA at 4.8 volts) for checking the digital inputs
for contact closures. It is very important that the
device used contains high quality, noncorroding
contacts with resistivity that does not degrade; that
is, increase over time. Use noble metal (such as gold
or silver), or pimpled or sealed contacts to assure
consistent, long-term operation.

NOTE: When choosing the pneumatic pressure range, make
sure that the close-off pressure is 2 to 3 psi greater
than that of the spring range. When using a spring
range of 5 to 10 psi with 10 psi as the closed position, do not use the 0 to 10 psi model of the MMC325
Transducer; use the 0 to 20 psi transducer as the
recommended selection.

The recommended devices for use with the Excel 10 W7750
Controllers are the EL7628A1007 Ceiling Mounted Infrared or
the EL7680A1008 Wall Mounted Wide View Infrared
Occupancy Sensors. If ultrasonic sensors are required, the
EL7611A1003 and the EL7612A1001 Occupancy Sensors are
recommended. An EL76XX Power Supply/Control Unit is
required for use with these occupancy sensors. The
EL7630A1003 can power up to four sensors, and is multitapped for several line voltages. The EL7621A1002 can
power three sensors and it connects to 120 Vac line voltage.
The EL7621A1010 can also power three sensors but it
connects to 277 Vac line voltage.

HEAT
COIL

MIXED
AIR

DISCHARGE
AIR

FAN
+
PNEUMATIC
ACTUATOR

FAN
STARTER

VALVE

1
T7560A,B OR T7770

Window Open/Closed Digital Input
M
MMC325

PNEUMATIC
TRANSDUCER

1 PNEUMATIC MAIN OR BRANCH LINE MUST BE 1/4 IN. (6 MM)
OR LARGER TUBING. A MINIMUM OF 6 FT (1.8M) OF TUBING
IS NEEDED IN A BRANCH LINE.

M17495

Fig. 17. Modulating heat with pneumatic valve actuator.
MIXED-OUTPUT-TYPE CONTROL
The W7750B,C Controller provides control for mixed-outputtypes of applications such as PWM heating and staged
cooling control occurring simultaneously with Series 60
Floating Economizer Damper Control.

Occupancy Sensor
Excel 10 W7750 Controllers provide a digital input for
connection to an occupancy sensor. This is a device, such as
a passive infrared motion detector, that contains a dry contact
(see following NOTE) closure to indicate whether or not
people are present in the space. The Excel 10 W7750
Controller expects a contact closure to indicate the space is
Occupied. See Fig. 27 through 35 in Application Step 4,
Prepare Wiring Diagrams, for details on wiring connections.
The control algorithm in the Excel 10 Controller uses the
occupancy sensor, if configured, to determine the Effective
Occupancy (see Table 5) mode of operation. If the Time Of
Day (TOD) schedule indicates an Occupied state, and the
occupancy sensor contact is closed, the Effective Occupancy
mode is Occupied. However, if the TOD schedule indicates an
Occupied state and the occupancy sensor contact is open,

74-2958—1

A digital input is also provided for detecting whether a window
in the space was opened. The Excel 10 W7750 Controller can
be connected to a dry contact (see the following NOTE and
Fig. 27 through 35 in Application Step 4. Prepare Wiring
Diagrams, for details) or a set of contacts wired in series (for
monitoring multiple windows) to verify that the window(s) are
closed. The algorithm expects a contact closure to indicate
the window is closed. If an open window is detected, the
algorithm changes the mode of operation to
FREEZE_PROTECT, which shuts down the control functions,
and watches for low space temperature conditions. The frost
protection setpoint is 46.4°F (8°C), and the frost alarm occurs
at 42.8°F (6°C).
NOTE: (This is the same NOTE as in the Occupancy Sensor
section.) The Excel 10 has limited power available
(only 9 mA at 4.8 volts) for checking the digital inputs
for contact closures. It is very important that the
device used contains high quality, noncorroding
contacts with resistivity that does not degrade; that
is, increase over time. Use noble metal (such as gold
or silver), or pimpled or sealed contacts to assure
consistent, long-term operation.

Wall Module Options
As previously discussed, there are four basic varieties of the
T7770 Wall Modules and two of the T7560 Digital Wall Module
(see the Product Names and the Construction sections). Also,
a T7770 and T7560 Wall Modules can be shared among two
or more W7750s. The control algorithm must be given this
wall module information when configuring the W7750 (see
Excel E-Vision User’s Guide, form 74-2588).

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Dirty Filter Monitor
The air filter in the air handler can be monitored by the W7750
and an alarm is issued when the filter media needs
replacement. The two methods of monitoring the filter are:
1. Connecting a differential pressure switch to a digital
input on the W7750A or W7750B,C.
2. Wiring a 2 to 10V differential pressure sensor to a
voltage input on the W7750B,C. If the analog input
sensor is used, its measured value 0 to 5 inw (0 to 1.25
kPa) is compared to a user-selectable setpoint
(FltrPressStPt—valid range: 0 to 5 inw (0 to 1.25 kPa)),
and the Dirty Filter alarm is issued when the pressure
drop across the filter exceeds the setpoint.

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Override
The Excel 10 W7750 Controller provides IAQ ventilation
control using one of two different methods of detecting poor
air quality. The first is with an IAQ switch device connected to
a digital input on the W7750 Controller, where a contact
closure indicates poor air quality, and initiates the IAQ
Override mode. The device can detect poor air quality using
any desired measure such as CO2, VOC, CO, etc. The
second method, which is only available on the W7750B,C, is
through an analog input that connects to a CO2 sensor (2 to
10V). The measured value of CO2 from this sensor (0 to 2000
PPM) is compared to the setpoint (IAQSetpt). When the CO2
level is higher than the setpoint (800 PPM adjustable), the

IAQ Override is initiated. The IAQSetpt hysteresis is 50 PPM,
IAQ Override is deactivated at a CO2 level less than 50 PPM
below setpoint.
The effect of initiating the IAQ Override mode is that the
economizer dampers are allowed to open above the standard
minimum position setting to allow more fresh air to enter the
building. See Appendix B—Sequences of Operation, for
further control details.

Smoke Control
The Excel 10 W7750 Controller supports smoke-related
control strategies that are initiated either via a network
command (DestEmergCmd) or from a local (physically
connected) smoke detector digital input. The details of the
W7750 smoke-related control operation are described in
Appendix B—Sequences of Operation.

Freeze Stat
A freeze stat can be monitored by the W7750 and issue a
freeze stat alarm indicating the CVAHU is in danger of
freezing its coil. The details of the W7750 freeze stat related
control operation are described in Appendix B—Sequences of
Operation.

Modes of Operation
The possible modes of operation for the W7750 Controller are
listed in Table 5.

Table 5. Modes Of Operation For The Excel 10 W7750 Controller .
Mode

Description

Events causing a controller to switch to this mode

Effective Occupancy (User Address: StatusOcc)
OCCUPIED

Controller is in Occupied mode

Any of the following: Network input (DestSchedOcc) containing a
time-of-day schedule flag from either the Excel 10 Zone Manager or an
LONWORKS Bus Controller; Time Clock DI, Occupancy Sensor DI; or
from Network input (DestManMode) for manual override to OCC mode.
DestManMode has the highest priority, followed by the Time Clock DI,
and then DestSchedOcc.

STANDBY

Controller is in Standby mode

Either: (A) Network input (DestSchedOcc) containing a time-of-day
schedule flag from the Excel 10 Zone Manager or other LONWORKS
Bus node is STANDBY, or (B) Network input (DestSchedOcc) is
OCCUPIED and the Occupancy Sensor DI is UNOCCUPIED.

UNOCCUPIED Controller is in Unoccupied mode

BYPASS
OCCUPIED

Network input (DestSchedOcc) containing a time-of-day schedule flag
from the Excel 10 Zone Manager or LONWORKS Bus, or the network
input DestManOcc has a value of UNOCCUPIED.

Controller is in Occupied mode through This mode is derived from the schedule occupancy (DestSchedOcc)
a Bypass command
having a state of UNOCCUPIED and a manual request for occupancy
from one of three sources. Two of these are signals originated external
to the unit, and received by DestManOcc and DestBypass. The third
source for an occupancy request is from an override button located on
a wall module. These three sources are arbitrated in a scheme
determined by the configuration parameter (Network Wins or Last-in
Wins from OvrdPriority).

Override Modes (User Address: StatusOvrd)
OCCUPIED

Controller occupancy mode was
overridden to Occupied mode

Network input (DestManOcc) containing a time-of-day schedule
override signal of OCCUPIED from the Excel 10 Zone Manager or
other LONWORKS Bus device.

STANDBY

Controller occupancy mode was
overridden to Standby mode

Network input (DestManOcc) containing a time-of-day schedule
override signal of STANDBY from the Excel 10 Zone Manager or other
LONWORKS Bus device.
27

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 5. Modes Of Operation For The Excel 10 W7750 Controller (Continued).
Mode

Description

Events causing a controller to switch to this mode

UNOCCUPIED Controller occupancy mode was
overridden to Unoccupied mode

Network input (DestManOcc) containing a time-of-day schedule
override signal of UNOCCUPIED from the Excel 10 Zone Manager or
other LONWORKS Bus device.

BYPASS

Controller occupancy mode was
overridden to Bypass the current
Unoccupied mode

DI (Bypass) was pressed, and the Bypass duration timer has not yet
expired, or the network input DestManOcc has a value of BYPASS.

NOT
ASSIGNED

No Bypass action

No Override input received.

Operational Modes (User Address: StatusMode)
START-UP
AND WAIT

This mode occurs on controller power-up, and after downloading to the
On power-up, provides a staggered
start sequence to evenly apply the load controller from the configuration tool. Temperature control loops are
to the electrical system.
disabled.

COOLING

The Excel 10 is controlling the Cooling Space temperature has risen above the current cooling setpoint, or the
mode.
network input (DestHvacMode) is COOL.

HEATING

The Excel 10 is controlling the Heating Space temperature has fallen below the current heating setpoint, or the
mode.
network input (DestHvacMode) is HEAT.

EMERGENCY Compressors are disabled and only
HEAT
Auxiliary Heat stages are allowed to
operate.

The network input (DestManHvacMode) is EMERG_HEAT.

OFF MODE

The heat/cool control is turned off
Network input (DestManMode) containing AHU operational mode
immediately. The node is not running its information from C-Bus has value of MORNING WARM-UP.
normal temperature control.

DISABLED
MODE

The heat/cool control and frost
protection are turned off immediately.
The node is not running its normal
temperature control.

–

SMOKE
The node has entered a smoke
Network input (DestEmergCmd) containing smoke control signal from
EMERGENCY emergency. The fan and dampers are another LONWORKS Bus device has value of SMOKE_EMERG.
then set to the conditions configured by
SmkCtlMode. The control remains in
SMOKE_ EMERGENCY until power is
cycled or the node receives
DestEmergCmd set to
EMERG_NORMAL.
FREEZE
PROTECT

The temperature control is set to HEAT The Window digital input detects an open window.
with the setpoint set to the frost limit
setpoint 46.4°F (8°C).

MANUAL
POSITION

The physical outputs are being
controlled manually. The temperature
control loop is turned off.

Typically this is done by the user through E-Vision or XBS by setting
the point DestManMode to MANUAL mode.

FAN ONLY

Control algorithm is disabled, except
that the fan is turned on.

The space temperature sensor has failed, or the network input
(DestHvacMode) is FAN ONLY.

DISABLED

Control algorithm is shut off.

Network input (DestManMode) containing AHU operational mode
information from an operator or the network that has a value of
DISABLED.

NOTE: During all modes all digital and analog physical
inputs are periodically read, the diagnostic output
network variables can be polled, the input network
variables are received, and the output network
variables are sent periodically.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

APPLICATION STEPS
EXCEL 10
W7750
CVAHU
CONTROLLER

Overview
The seven application steps shown in Table 6 are planning
considerations for engineering an Excel 10 W7750 System.
These steps are guidelines intended to aid understanding of
the product I/O options, bus arrangement choices,
configuration options and the Excel 10 W7750 Controller role
in the overall EXCEL 5000 OPEN SYSTEM architecture.
Table 6. Application Steps.
Step No.
1

Plan The System
Determine Other Bus Devices Required

Lay Out Communications and Power Wiring

Prepare Wiring Diagrams

Order Equipment

Configure Controllers

Troubleshooting

SHIELDED
INTERFACE
CABLE
EIA-232
SERIAL
PORT

Description

NOTEBOOK PC

Q7752A
SLTA

CABLE
PART
NO. 205979

LONWORKS BUS
PORT
M15120A

Fig. 18. Connecting the portable operator terminal
to the LONWORKS® Bus.

Step 1. Plan the System
Plan the use of the W7750 Controllers according to the job
requirements. Determine the location, functionality and sensor
or actuator usage. Verify the sales estimate of the number of
W7750 Controllers, T7770 and T7560 Wall Modules required
for each model type. Also check the number and type of
output actuators and other required accessories.
When planning the system layout, consider potential
expansion possibilities to allow for future growth. Planning is
very important to be prepared for adding HVAC systems and
controllers in future projects.
T7560 Wall Modules can only be hard-wired, they have no
LONWORKS Bus access. T7770 Wall Modules can be installed
as either hard-wired I/O-only devices or additional wiring can
be run to them (for the LONWORKS Bus network) to allow a
CARE/E-Vision operator terminal to have access to the
LONWORKS Bus. The application engineer needs to determine
how many wall modules, T7770s and T7560s are required. All
T7770 Wall Modules, except the T7770A1006 and the
T7770A1014, can be connected via the LONWORKS Bus jack.
Also the application engineer needs to know how many
T7770s without LONWORKS Bus network connections are
being installed on the job, and then clearly document which
wall modules (if any) have network access. This information is
required during installation to ensure that the proper number
and type of wires are pulled to the wall modules, and the
building operators are informed about where they can plug in
to the LONWORKS Bus network with a portable operator
terminal (see Fig. 18, 19 and 20). Refer to Step 4. Prepare
Wiring Diagrams for details, about the about the wiring
differences between the two types.

The FTT communication wiring, (LONWORKS Bus) between
controllers is a free topology scheme that supports T-tap, star,
loop, and mixed wiring architecture. Refer to the LONWORKS
Bus Wiring Guidelines form, 74-2865 for complete description
of network topology rules. See Application Step 3. Lay Out
Communications and Power Wiring, for more information on
bus wiring layout, and see Fig. 27 through 35 in Application
Step 4. Prepare Wiring Diagrams, for wiring details.
The application engineer must review the Direct Digital
Control (DDC) job requirements. This includes the Sequences
of Operation for the W7750 units, and for the system as a
whole. Usually there are variables that must be passed
between the W7750 Controllers and other zone controller(s),
or central plant controller(s) that are required for optimum
system-wide operation. Typical examples are the TOD Occ/
Unocc signal, the outdoor air temperature, the demand limit
control signal, and the smoke control mode signal.
It is important to understand these interrelationships early in
the job engineering process to ensure implemention when
configuring the controllers. (See Application Step 6. Configure
Controllers, for information on the various Excel 10
parameters and on Excel 10 point mapping.)

Step 2. Determine Other Bus Devices
Required
A maximum of 62 nodes can communicate on a single
LONWORKS Bus segment. Each W7750 (CVAHU) Controller
constitutes one node. If more nodes are required, a Q7751A,B
Router is necessary. Using a router allows up to 125 nodes,
divided between two LONWORKS Bus segments. The router
accounts for two of these nodes (one node on each side of the
router); a Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager takes one node
and two nodes are available for operator terminal nodes,
leaving 120 nodes available for Excel 10 Controllers. All 120
controllers are able to talk to each other through the router. A
Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager is required to connect the
LONWORKS Bus to the standard EXCEL 5000 OPEN
System C-Bus. Each Excel 10 Zone Manager supports up to
120 Excel 10 Controllers. This limit is set in the Excel 10 Zone
Manager database as an absolute maximum.
74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

terminals can be connected to the LONWORKS Bus at the
same time. Table 7 summarizes the LONWORKS Bus segment
configuration rules.

Each LONWORKS Bus segment is set up with two unused
nodes to allow for a CARE/E-Vision operator terminal to be
connected to the LONWORKS Bus. Multiple CARE/E-Vision

Table 7. LONWORKS® Bus Configuration Rules And Device Node Numbers.
One LONWORKS Bus Segment Example

Maximum Number of Nodes Equals 62

One Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager 1 node
Port for operator terminal access (CARE/E-Vision) 1 node
Maximum number of Excel 10s 60 nodes
Total 62 nodes
Two LONWORKS Bus Segments Example

Maximum Number of Nodes Equals 125

One Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager 1 node
One Q7751A,B Router 2 nodes (1 in each Bus Segment)
Ports for operator terminal access (two CARE/E-Vision 2 nodes (1 in each Bus Segment)
terminals)
Maximum number of Excel 10s in segment number one 60 nodes
Maximum number of Excel 10s in segment number two 60 nodes
Total 125 nodes
Refer to the LONWORKS Bus Wiring Guidelines form, 74-2865
for complete description of network topology rules and the
maximum wire length limitations. If longer runs are required, a
Q7740A 2-Way or Q7740B 4-Way Repeater can be added to
extend the length of the LONWORKS Bus. A Q7751A,B Router
can be added to partition the system into two segments and
effectively double the length of the LONWORKS Bus. Only one
router is allowed with each Excel 10 Zone Manager, and each
network segment can have a maximum of one repeater.
In addition, all LONWORKS Bus segments require the
installation of a 209541B Termination Module for a singly
terminated LONWORKS Bus or two 209541B Termination
Modules for a doubly terminated LONWORKS Bus. For more
details on LONWORKS Bus termination, refer to the LONWORKS
Bus Wiring Guidelines form, 74-2865, or see Application Step
3. Lay Out Communications and Power Wiring, and the
LONWORKS Bus Termination Module subsection in Application
Step 4.

Step 3. Lay Out Communications and Power
Wiring
LONWORKS® Bus Layout
The communications bus, LONWORKS Bus, is a 78-kilobits per
second (kbps) serial link that uses transformer isolation and
differential Manchester encoding. Approved cable types for
LONWORKS Bus communications wiring is Level IV 22 AWG
(0.34 mm2) plenum or non-plenum rated unshielded, twisted

74-2958—1

pair, solid conductor wire. For nonplenum areas, use Level IV
22 AWG (0.325 mm2), such as U.S. part AK3781 (one pair) or
U.S. part AK3782 (two pair). In plenum areas, use plenumrated Level IV, 22 AWG (0.325 mm2) such as U.S. part
AK3791 (one pair) or U.S. part AK3792 (two pair). See Tables
9 and 11 for part numbers. Contact Echelon Corp. Technical
Support for the recommended vendors of Echelon approved
cables. The FTT communications bus, LONWORKS Bus,
supports a polarity insensitive, free topology wiring scheme
that supports T-tap, star, loop, and mixed bus wiring.
LONWORKS Bus networks can be configured in a variety of
ways, so refer to the LONWORKS Bus Wiring Guidelines form,
74-2865 for complete description of network topology rules
and Table 7. Fig. 19 and 20 depict two typical LONWORKS Bus
network topologies; One has only one doubly terminated
LONWORKS Bus segment that has 60 nodes or less, and one
showing two singly terminated LONWORKS Bus segments that
has 120 nodes or less (60 MAX per each segment). The bus
configuration is set up using the Network Manager tool from
within CARE (see the CARE Excel 10 Zone Manager User’s
Guide, form 74-1392).
NOTE: For wiring details see the LONWORKS Bus
Termination Module subsection in Step 4. For wall
module wiring, U.S. part AK3782 (non-plenum) or
U.S. part AK3792 (plenum) can be used. For a
LONWORKS Bus that is a doubly terminated daisychain, these cables contain two twisted pairs (one for
the run down to the wall module, and one for the run
back up to the controller) for ease of installation.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

EXCEL 10
CVAHU
T7770
209541B
TERMINATION MODULES
(AT ENDS OF
LONWORKS BUS
LONWORKS BUS
DAISY-CHAIN)
EXCEL 10
VAV

EXCEL 10

LONWORKS BUS

CVAHU

EXCEL 10
VAV

EXCEL 10

EXCEL 10
Q7750A
ZONE
MANAGER

CVAHU
T7770s
WITH
NO
LONWORKS BUS
ACCESS

UP TO 60
TOTAL NODES
LONWORKS BUS

TO C-BUS
(SEE FIG. 1)
EXCEL 10
VAV

EXCEL 10

EXCEL 10
VAV
EXCEL 10

CVAHU

T7770

JACK FOR
OPERATOR
TERMINAL
LONWORKS BUS
I/O CONNECTIONS

M17496

T7770 OR T7560A,B

Fig. 19. Wiring layout for one doubly terminated daisy-chain LONWORKS® Bus segment.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

• Do not use different wire types or gauges on the
same LONWORKS Bus segment. The step change in
line impedance characteristics causes unpredictable
reflections on the bus. When using different types is
unavoidable, use a Q7751A,B Router at the junction.
• In noisy (high EMI) environments, avoid wire runs
parallel to noisy power cables, or lines containing
lighting dimmer switches, and keep at least 3 in.
(76 mm) of separation between noisy lines and the
LONWORKS Bus cable.
• Make sure that neither of the LONWORKS Bus wires
is grounded.

LONWORKS BUS
SEGMENT NUMBER 1

T7770
EXCEL 10
VAV

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

LONWORKS
BUS
ACCESS

209541B
TERMINATION
MODULE

Power Wiring
A power budget must be calculated for each Excel 10 W7750
Controller to determine the required transformer size for
proper operation. A power budget is simply the summing of
the maximum power draw ratings (in VA) of all the devices to
be controlled by an Excel 10 W7750 Controller. This includes
the controller itself, the equipment actuators (ML6161, or
other motors) and various contactors and transducers, as
appropriate, for the Excel 10 configuration.

LONWORKS BUS
SEGMENT NUMBER 2

EXCEL 10
VAV

EXCEL 10
Q7750A
ZONE
MANAGER

EXCEL 10
VAV

Q7751A
FTT
LONWORKS
BUS
ROUTER

TO C-BUS
(SEE FIG. 1)

POWER BUDGET CALCULATION EXAMPLE
The following is an example power budget calculation for a
typical Excel 10 W7750B Controller.

LONWORKS BUS
SEGMENT NUMBER 2

Assume a W7750 unit with a fan, two stages of D/X cooling,
modulating steam valve for heating, and modulating
economizer dampers. The power requirements are:

T7560A,B
EXCEL 10

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

EXCEL 10
CVAHU

DeviceVA
Excel 10 W7750B,C
Controller

M17497

Fig. 20. Wiring layout for two singly terminated
LONWORKS® Bus segments.
NOTE: See the LONWORKS Bus Termination Module section
for wiring details.

IMPORTANT
Notes on communications wiring:
• All field wiring must conform to local codes and ordinances or as specified on installation wiring diagrams.
• Approved cable types for LONWORKS Bus communications wiring is Level IV 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) plenum or non-plenum rated unshielded, twisted pair,
solid conductor wire. For nonplenum areas, use
Level IV 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), such as U.S. part
AK3781 (one pair) or U.S. part AK3782 (two pair). In
plenum areas, use plenum-rated Level IV, 22 AWG
(0.34 mm2) such as U.S. part AK3791 (one pair) or
U.S. part AK3792 (two pair). See Tables 9 and 11 for
part numbers. Contact Echelon Corp. Technical Support for the recommended vendors of Echelon
approved cables.
• Unswitched 24 Vac power wiring can be run in the
same conduit as the LONWORKS Bus cable.

74-2958—1

Information Obtained from
12.0
W7750 Specification Data

ML6161
Damper Actuator

2.2

R8242A
Contactor for fan

21.0

D/X Stages

TRADELINE
Catalog
TRADELINE
Catalog in-rush rating

0.0

NOTE: For this example, assume the cooling stage outputs
are wired into a compressor control circuit and,
therefore, have no impact on the power budget.)
M6410A Steam
Heating Coil Valve
TOTAL:

0.7

TRADELINE
Catalog, 0.32A at 24 Vac

35.9 VA

The Excel 10 System example requires 35.9 VA of peak
power; therefore, a 40 VA AT72D Transformer is able to
provide ample power for this controller and its accessories.
Alternatively, a 75 VA AT88A Transformer could be used to
power two Excel 10 Systems of this type, or a 100 VA AT92A
Transformer could be used to power two of these Excel 10
Systems and meet NEC Class 2 restrictions (no greater than
100 VA). See Fig. 22 and 23 for illustrations of power wiring
details. See Table 8 for VA ratings of various devices.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 8. VA Ratings For Transformer Sizing.
Device
W7750A

Description

controller) and, therefore, has a secondary voltage of 22.9
volts. (Use the lower edge of the shaded zone in Fig. 21 that
represents the worst case conditions.) When the I x R loss of
four volts is subtracted, only 18.9 volts reaches the controller,
which is not enough voltage for proper operation.

Excel 10 W7750 Controller

6.0

W7750B,C

Excel 10 W7750 Controllers

12.0

ML6161A/B

Damper Actuator, 35 lb-in.

2.2

R8242A

Contactor

21.0

M6410A

Valve Actuator

0.7

MMC325

Pneumatic Transducer

5.0

ML684

Versadrive Valve Actuator

12.0

ML6464

Damper Actuator, 66 lb-in.

3.0

ML6474

Damper Actuator, 132 lb-in.

3.0

ML6185

Damper Actuator SR 50 lb-in.

12.0

ML7984B

PWM Valve Actuator

6.0

For contactors and similar devices, the in-rush power ratings
should be used as the worst case values when performing
power budget calculations. Also, the application engineer
must consider the possible combinations of simultaneously
energized outputs and calculate the VA ratings accordingly.
The worst case, that uses the largest possible VA load, should
be determined when sizing the transformer.
LINE LOSS
Excel 10 Controllers must receive a minimum supply voltage
of 20 Vac. If long power or output wire runs are required, a
voltage drop due to Ohms Law (I x R) line loss must be
considered. This line loss can result in a significant increase in
total power required and thereby affect transformer sizing.
The following example is an I x R line-loss calculation for a
200 ft. (61m) run from the transformer to a W7750 Controller
drawing 37 VA using two 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) wires.
The formula is:
Loss = [length of round-trip wire run (ft.)] X [resistance in
wire (ohms per ft.)] X [current in wire (amperes)]
From specification data:
18 AWG twisted pair wire has 6.52 ohms per 1000 feet.
Loss = [(400 ft.) X (6.52/1000 ohms per ft.)] X
[(37 VA)/(24V)] = 4.02 volts
This means that four volts are going to be lost between the
transformer and the controller; therefore, to assure the
controller receives at least 20 volts, the transformer must
output more than 24 volts. Because all transformer output
voltage levels depend on the size of the connected load, a
larger transformer outputs a higher voltage than a smaller one
for a given load. Fig. 21 shows this voltage load dependence.
In the preceding I x R loss example, even though the
controller load is only 37 VA, a standard 40 VA transformer is
not sufficient due to the line loss. From Fig. 21, a 40 VA
transformer is just under 100 percent loaded (for the 37 VA

In this situation, the engineer basically has three alternatives:
1. Use a larger transformer; for example, if an 80 VA
model is used, see Fig. 21, an output of 24.4 volts
minus the four volt line loss supplies 20.4V to the
controller. Although acceptable, the four-volt line-loss in
this example is higher than recommended. See the
following IMPORTANT.
2. Use heavier gauge wire for the power run. 14 AWG (2.0
mm2) wire has a resistance of 2.57 ohms per 1000 ft.
which, using the preceding formula, gives a line-loss of
only 1.58 volts (compared with 4.02 volts). This would
allow a 40 VA transformer to be used. 14 AWG (2.0
mm2) wire is the recommended wire size for 24 Vac
wiring.
3. Locate the transformer closer to the controller, thereby
reducing the length of the wire run, and the line loss.
The issue of line-loss is also important in the case of the
output wiring connected to the Triac digital outputs. The
same formula and method are used. The rule to
remember is to keep all power and output wire runs as
short as practical. When necessary, use heavier gauge
wire, a bigger transformer, or install the transformer
closer to the controller.

IMPORTANT
No installation should be designed where the line
loss is greater than two volts to allow for nominal
operation if the primary voltage drops to 102 Vac
(120 Vac minus 15 percent).
To meet the National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(NEMA) standards, a transformer must stay within the NEMA
limits. The chart in Fig. 21 shows the required limits at various
loads.
With 100 percent load, the transformer secondary must
supply between 23 and 25 volts to meet the NEMA standard.
When a purchased transformer meets the NEMA standard
DC20-1986, the transformer voltage-regulating ability can be
considered reliable. Compliance with the NEMA standard is
voluntary.
The following Honeywell transformers meet this NEMA
standard:
Transformer Type
VA Rating
AT20A
20
AT40A
40
AT72D
40
AT87A
50
100
AK3310 Assembly

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

OUTPUT
DEVICE
POWER

27
26
25
SECONDARY VOLTAGE

TRIAC LINES
TO ACTUATORS
AND CONTACTORS

TRANSFORMER

23
22
21
20

W7750B,C

CONNECT POWER TO
TERMINALS 24 AND 25

25 24 22 20

17
16
15
14
0

100
% OF LOAD

200

150
M993

Fig. 21. NEMA class 2 transformer voltage output limits.
Attach earth ground to W7750 Controller terminal 1. See Fig.
22, 23 and 24, 27 through 35.

EARTH
GROUND

M10089B

Fig. 22. Power wiring details for one Excel 10 per
transformer.
See Fig. 23. for wiring more than one Excel 10 per
transformer.
TRANSFORMER

120/240 VAC

24 VAC
W7750B,C

W7750B,C

25 24

EARTH
GROUND

W7750B,C

EARTH
GROUND

25 24

EARTH
GROUND

Fig. 23. Power wiring details for two or more Excel 10s per transformer.

IMPORTANT
If the W7750 Controller is used on Heating and
Cooling Equipment (UL 1995 U.S. only) devices
and the transformer primary power is more than 150
volts, connect the transformer secondary to earth
ground, see Fig. 24.

74-2958—1

M10090A

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

24 VAC
LINE VOLTAGE
GREATER
THAN 150 VAC

W7750

TRANSFORMER

1
EARTH
GROUND

1
EARTH
GROUND
1

IF THE W7750 CONTROLLER IS USED IN UL 1995 EQUIPMENT AND THE
PRIMARY POWER IS MORE THAN 150 VOLTS, GROUND 24 VAC COM
SIDE OF TRANSFORMER SECONDARY.
M10088A

Fig. 24. Transformer power wiring details for one Excel 10
used in UL 1995 equipment (U.S. only).

IMPORTANT
Notes on power wiring:
• All field wiring must conform to local codes and ordinances or as specified on installation wiring diagrams.
• To maintain NEC Class 2 and UL ratings, the installation must use transformers of 100 VA or less
capacity.
• For multiple controllers operating from a single transformer, the same side of the transformer secondary
must be connected to the same input terminal in
each controller (21 on the W7750A and 24 on the
W7750B,C) and the ground terminals must be connected to a verified earth ground for each controller
in the group. See Fig. 23. (Controller configurations
are not necessarily limited to three devices per transformer.)
• For the W7750B,C Controller (which has Triac outputs), all output devices must be powered from the
same transformer as the one powering the Excel 10
W7750 Controller.
• Use the heaviest gauge wire available, up to 14
AWG (2.0 mm2) with a minimum of 18 AWG (1.0
mm2) for all power and earth ground connections.

• To minimize EMI noise, do not run Triac output wires
in the same conduit as the input wires or the LONWORKS Bus communications wiring.
• Unswitched 24 Vac power wiring can be run in the
same conduit as the LONWORKS Bus cable.
• Make earth ground connections with the shortest
possible wire run using 14 AWG (2.0 mm2) wire. A
good earth ground is essential for W7750 operation.
Ideally, connect the earth ground to the ground bus
at a motor control center or circuit breaker panel.
However, if the nearest ideal earth ground is inaccessible, consider an alternate source for earth
ground. Metal water pipe is generally a good ground,
but do not use sprinkler pipe if prohibited by local
codes. Attention must be given when duct work, conduit, or rebar are to be considered as ground
sources. It is the responsibility of the installer to
assure that these structures are tied back to a known
earth ground.

Step 4. Prepare Wiring Diagrams
General Considerations
The purpose of this step is to assist the application engineer in
developing job drawings to meet job specifications. Wiring
details are included for the W7750A,B,C Controllers and the
T7770 and T7560A,B Wall Modules. The drawings detail I/O,
power, and LONWORKS Bus communication wiring
connections.
NOTE: For field wiring, when two or more wires, other than
14 AWG (2.0 mm2) are to be attached to the same
connector block terminal, be sure to twist them
together. Deviation from this rule can result in
improper electrical contact. See Fig. 25.
The connector block terminals on the W7750 Controllers and
on the T7770 Wall Modules accept 14 through 22 AWG (2.0 to
0.34 mm2) wire. The connector block terminals on the
T7560A,B Wall Modules accept 18 through 22 AWG (1.0 to
0.34 mm2) wire. Table 9 lists wiring types, sizes, and length
restrictions for Excel 10 products.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 9. Field Wiring Reference Table (Honeywell listed as AK#### or equivalent).
Wire
Function

Recommended
Minimum Wire
Size AWG (mm2)

Construction

Specification
or
Requirement

Maximum Length ft.
(m)

Vendor Wire Type

LONWORKS 22 AWG
Bus
(0.34 mm2)
(Plenum)

Twisted pair solid
Honeywell
Refer to LONWORKS Bus
Level IV
conductor, nonshielded 140°F (60°C) AK3791 (one twisted pair) Wiring Guidelines for
rating
AK3792 (two twisted pairs) maximum length
or Echelon approved
cable.

LONWORKS 22 AWG
Bus (Non- (0.34 mm2)
Plenum)

Twisted pair solid
Honeywell
Refer to LONWORKS Bus
Level IV
conductor, nonshielded 140°F (60°C) AK3781 (one twisted pair) Wiring Guidelines for
rating
AK3782 (two twisted pairs) maximum length
or Echelon approved
cable.

Input
Wiring
Sensors
Contacts

Multiconductor (usually 140°F (60°C) Standard thermostat wire
five-wire cable bundle). rating
For runs >200 ft. (61m)
in noisy EMI areas, use
shielded cable.

18 to 22 AWG
(1.0 to 0.34 mm2)

1000 ft. (305m) for 18
AWG 200 ft. (61m) for 22
AWG

Output
14 AWG (2.0 mm2) Any pair nonshielded
Wiring
18 AWG (1.0 mm2) (use heavier wire for
Actuators acceptable for
longer runs).
Relays
short runs)

NEC Class 2 Honeywell
140°F (60°C) AK3702 (18 AWG)
rating
AK3712 (16 AWG)
AK3754 (14 AWG)

Limited by line-loss
effects on power
consumption. (See Line
Loss subsection.)

Power
Wiring

NEC Class 2 Honeywell
140°F (60°C) AK3754 (14 AWG) twisted
rating
pair AK3909 (14 AWG)
single conductor

Limited by line-loss
effects on power
consumption. (See Line
Loss subsection.)

14 AWG (2.0 mm2) Any pair nonshielded
(use heavier wire for
longer runs).

W7750 Controllers
Fig. 27 through 35 illustrate W7750A,B,C Controller wiring for
various configurations. Connections to the wall module
terminals (2 through 6) and the communications terminals (14
and 15) are made at terminal blocks. Connection for access to
the LONWORKS Bus is provided by plugging the connector into
the communications jack.
1. STRIP 1/2 IN. (13 MM)
FROM WIRES TO
BE ATTACHED AT
ONE TERMINAL.

Q38

JUMPER
2
1

TERMINAL 24

1/2
(13)

2. TWIST WIRES
TOGETHER WITH
PLIERS (A MINIMUM
OF THREE TURNS).

J2 IS LOCATED NEAR TERMINAL 24 (COVER REMOVED).

W7750B IS FACTORY-DELIVERED WITH JUMPER ON HIGH-SIDE
(PINS CLOSEST TO TERMINAL BLOCK). LOW-SIDE PINS ARE TWO
M16418A
PINS CLOSEST TO Q38.

Fig. 26. W7750B High-Side/Low-Side selectable switching
and jumper location.
3. CUT TWISTED END OF WIRES TO 3/16 IN. (5 MM)
BEFORE INSERTING INTO TERMINAL AND
TIGHTENING SCREW. THEN PULL ON EACH
WIRE IN ALL TERMINALS TO CHECK FOR
GOOD MECHANICAL CONNECTION.
M17207

Fig. 25. Attaching two or more wires at terminal blocks.
The W7750B provides a jumper to select High-Side or LowSide switching of the digital outputs. Fig. 26 shows the
W7750B High-Side/Low-Side selectable switching. (See
wiring diagrams, Figs. 30 through 34.)

74-2958—1

NOTE: If an Excel 10 W7750A,B,C Controller or Zone
Manager is not connected to a good earth ground,
the controller internal transient protection circuitry is
compromised and the function of protecting the
controller from noise and power line spikes cannot
be fulfilled. This can result in a damaged circuit
board and require replacing the controller.
See Table 10 for a description of the W7750A terminals.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 10. W7750A Version I/O Description.
Terminal

Terminal Number

Description

DO6–(W1)

Heat 1 (or Reversing Valve for a Heat Pump)

DO5–(W2)

Heat 2 (or Aux. Heat for a Heat Pump)

DO4–(Y1)

Cool 1 (or Compressor 1 for a Heat Pump)

DO3–(Y2)

Cool 2 (or Compressor 2 for a Heat Pump)

DO2–(G)

Fan

DO1–NET

Network Digital Output

DO1–NET

Network Digital Output (connect to terminal number 22 +24Vac)

Control power for relay contacts DO2 (G), DO3 (Y1) and DO4 (Y2)

Control power for relay contacts DO5 (W1) and DO6 (W2)

+24Vac (H)

Power for the controller

COM (N)

Return for power to controller

E-Bus

14 and 15

Echelon communications (LONWORKS Bus) screw terminals

DI - 2

Digital Input 2

DGND

Digital Ground

DGND

Digital Ground

DI - 1

Digital Input 1

AGND

Analog ground

AI - 1 OHM

Analog Input 1 (used for Discharge Air Temperature Sensor)

SET PT

Space temperature setpoint potentiometer

GROUND

Wall Module

SENSOR

Space temperature sensor

BYPASS

Space override button

LED

Space LED for indication of manual occupancy status

EARTH GND 1

Earth Ground

IMPORTANT
If the W7750A controller is configured by E-Vision,
the outputs may be assigned in different order than
the factory defaults. Use the Custom Wiring function
of E-Vision to re-assign the outputs to the desired
terminals.
The W7750B,C Versions are preconfigured with the same
factory default setup as the W7750A Model; however, some
terminals for wiring connections differ on the W7750B,C
Models. See Fig. 30 for the terminal names on the W7750B
Model and Fig. 35 for the terminal names on the W7750C
Model. The factory default configuration of the digital output
points on the W7750B,C Models follow (terminal names are
from the W7750A):

(OUT 5) DO5—HEAT_STAGE_2
(OUT 6) DO6—HEAT_STAGE_1
DO7—UNUSED
DO8—UNUSED
The Wall Module terminals are identical for the W7750A,B,C
Models.
The W7750B,C Models offers two voltage/current sensor
input terminals. When current-type sensors (4 to 20 mA) are
configured, the W7750B,C automatically switches a 249 ohm
resistor into the sensing circuit; so no external resistor is
required. The W7750A Model does not support voltage or
current inputs.
NOTE: If using factory defaults, DI-2 input is configured for
ScheduleMaster (nvoIO.SchedMaster). For a
stand-alone unit, either connect an external time
clock to terminals 9 and 10 or put a jumper on
terminals 9 and 10 (using a jumper puts the
controller in continuous occupied mode).

FACTORY DEFAULT DIGITAL OUTPUTS:
FREE 1 (OUT 1) DO1—NETWORK DO
(OUT 2) DO2—SUPPLY FAN START/STOP
(OUT 3) DO3—COOL_STAGE_2
(OUT 4) DO4—COOL_STAGE_1

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

HEAT 1

COMP2

HEAT 2

COMP 1 COMP2

LOAD AND
CONTROLLER
POWER

3
FAN

LOAD POWER

FAN

+
-

CONTROLLER POWER

+
-

NOT USED

DISCHARGE
AIR TEMP

NOT USED

DI
GROUND
DI
GROUND

WALL MODULE

TIME CLOCK

DISCHARGE
AIR TEMP

2
JACK FOR
LONWORKS-BUS
NETWORK
ACCESS

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.
USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM2)
WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM2), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED
TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

LOAD POWER WIRE CAN BE CONNECTED TO TERMINAL 22.

M10085C

Fig. 27. Typical W7750A Controller AHU application
wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2,
refer to Fig. 25.)

E-BUS

GND

6 5 4 3 2 1
SET PT

LED

8 7

SENSOR

T7770C
WALL
MODULE

BYPASS

E-BUS

SENSOR

GND

SET PT

LED

BYPASS

LON
JACK

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

LONWORKS-BUS

TIME CLOCK

DI- 1

AI
GROUND

14
2

SET PT

AI
GROUND

SENSOR

BYPASS

LED

EARTH
GROUND

LON
JACK

W7750A
CONSTANT
VOLUME AHU
CONTROLLER

LONWORKS-BUS

NOT USED

AI-1 OHM

DI- 2

SET PT

DI
GROUND
DI
GROUND

AI
GROUND

DI- 1

SENSOR

AI
GROUND

LED

BYPASS

EARTH
GROUND
1

LONWORKS
BUS

W7750A
CONSTANT
VOLUME AHU
CONTROLLER
WALL MODULE

24 VAC

24 VAC COM

NETWORK
DO

24 VAC

AI-1 OHM

LINE AC
H

24 VAC

24 VAC COM

NETWORK
DO

31
W1

24 VAC

LONWORKS
BUS

COMP 1

NOT USED

HEAT 2

DI- 2

HEAT 1

2
JACK FOR
LONWORKS-BUS
NETWORK
ACCESS

T7770C
WALL
MODULE
1

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.
USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM2)
WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM2), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED
TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.
M10084C

Fig. 28. Typical W7750A Controller with separate
transformer application wiring diagram.
(For more information on note 2, refer to Fig. 25.)
74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

NOTE: Digital outputs are configurable. The terminal
locations for each function are user-selectable. The
Network DO is configured to be economizer float
close in this figure and W2 is configured to be
economizer float open. Physical output terminal
features are done in E-Vision by the custom wiring
function.
ML6161 FLOATING
ACTUATOR
CW

COM

CCW
LOAD AND
CONTROLLER
POWER

3
HEAT 1

+
-

24 VAC

24 VAC COM

NETWORK
DO

31
W1

24 VAC

NOT USED

14
2

TIME CLOCK

DISCHARGE
AIR TEMP

E-BUS

GND

SET PT

SENSOR

LED

BYPASS

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

LON
JACK

J3
LONWORKS-BUS

NOT USED

DI- 2

DI
GROUND
DI
GROUND

SET PT

DI- 1

AI
GROUND

SENSOR

AI-1 OHM

BYPASS

LED

EARTH
GROUND

WALL MODULE

LONWORKS
BUS

W7750A
CONSTANT
VOLUME AHU
CONTROLLER

2
JACK FOR
LONWORKS-BUS
NETWORK
ACCESS

T7770C
WALL
MODULE
1

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.
USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM2)
WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM2), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED
TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

LOAD POWER WIRE CAN BE CONNECTED TO TERMINAL 22.

M10083C

Fig. 29. W7750A Controller floating economizer damper
wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2, refer to
Fig. 25.)

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

COOL
STAGE 4

FAN

COOL
STAGE 3

HEAT
COOL
COOL
STAGE 2
STAGE 2 STAGE 1

TWO - OR THREE-WAY
CHILLER WATER VALVE

HEAT
STAGE 1

TWO - OR THREE-WAY
HOT WATER/STEAM VALVE

SERIES 60
VALVE ACTUATOR
STEM
UP

COM

ECONOMIZER
DAMPER

SERIES 60
VALVE ACTUATOR

STEM
DOWN

STEM
UP

COM

STEM
DOWN

SERIES 60
ACTUATOR
CW

COM

CCW

OUT 6

OUT 7

OUT 8

W7750B CONSTANT
VOLUME AHU
CONTROLLER

13
2

1
DISCHARGE
AIR TEMP

2
JACK FOR
LONWORKS-BUS
NETWORK
ACCESS

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED
TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

WIRING DIAGRAM SHOWS JUMPER (FOR J2) IN FACTORY DEFAULT
HIGH-SIDE POSITION.

ISOLATING RELAYS MUST BE USED WHEN CONNECTING TO STAGED
HEAT/COOL EQUIPMENT.

E-BUS

GND

SET PT

LED

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.
USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM2)
WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM2), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

SENSOR

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

T7770C
WALL
MODULE
1

J3
LONWORKS-BUS

LON
JACK

LONWORKS
BUS

AI
GROUND

AI
GROUND
8

20 VDC OUT

AI-4 V/mA

AI-3 V/mA

AI-1 OHM

SET PT

AI
GROUND

AI-2 OHM

SENSOR

BYPASS

E-BUS

GND

SET PT

SENSOR

BYPASS

LED

BYPASS

LED

EARTH
GROUND

2
JACK FOR
LONWORKS-BUS
NETWORK
ACCESS

T7770C
WALL
MODULE

M10082D

Fig. 30. Typical W7750B Controller with staged heating
and cooling wiring diagram. (For more information on
note 2, refer to Fig. 25.)

74-2958—1

WALL MODULE

LONWORKS-BUS

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

W7750B CONSTANT
VOLUME AHU
CONTROLLER
LON
JACK

LONWORKS
BUS

20 VDC OUT

AI-4 V/mA

SET PT

AI-1 OHM
7

AI
GROUND

AI-3 V/mA

SENSOR

AI-2 OHM

BYPASS

AI
GROUND

LED

EARTH
GROUND

TRIAC EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT

WALL MODULE

TRIAC EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT

OUT 7

OUT 5

OUT 8

OUT 4

OUT 6

OUT 3

OUT 5

OUT 2

OUT 3

OUT 1

+
-

24 VAC

OUT 4

OUT 2

OUT 1

24 VAC

24 VAC COM

DI-1

DI-2

DI
GROUND

DI-3

DI-4

DI
GROUND

24 VAC

24 VAC COM

DI-2

DI
GROUND

29
DI-3

DI-4

30
DI
GROUND

DI-1

+
24 VAC
-

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.
USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM2)
WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM2), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED
TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

WIRING DIAGRAM SHOWS JUMPER (FOR J2) IN FACTORY DEFAULT
M10081C
HIGH-SIDE POSITION.

Fig. 31. W7750B Controller with floating heating, cooling
and economizer wiring diagram. (For more information on
note 2, refer to Fig. 25.)

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

WINDOWS CONTACTS
(CONTACTS CLOSED
EQUALS WINDOW
CLOSED)

ECONOMIZER
DAMPER

PWM ACTUATOR
POWER
SIGNAL

+
-

SIG

OUT 1

OUT 2

OUT 3

OUT 4

OUT 5

OUT 6

OUT 7

OUT 8

LONWORKS-BUS

DISCHARGE
AIR TEMP

E-BUS

GND

E-BUS

GND

SENSOR

LED

JACK FOR
LONWORKS-BUS
NETWORK
ACCESS

SET PT

SENSOR

BYPASS

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

SET PT

OUT 7

16
OUT 8

LON
JACK

LONWORKS
BUS

20 VDC OUT

DISCHARGE
AIR TEMP

LED

AI-4 V/mA

AI
GROUND

AI-3 V/mA

SET PT

AI-2 OHM

AI
GROUND

SENSOR

AI-1 OHM

BYPASS

LED

EARTH
GROUND
14

LON
JACK

LONWORKS
BUS

BYPASS

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

J3
LONWORKS-BUS

20 VDC OUT

GROUND

AI-4 V/mA

AI-3 V/mA

SET PT

WALL MODULE

AI-2 OHM

GROUND

SENSOR

AI-1 OHM

BYPASS

LED

EARTH
GROUND

WALL MODULE

W7750B CONSTANT
VOLUME AHU
CONTROLLER

TRIAC EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT

OUT 6

OUT 5

OUT 3

OUT 4

OUT 2

OUT 1

DI-4

24 VAC COM

25
24 VAC

24 VAC COM

DI-1

DI-2

DI
GROUND

29
DI-3

DI-4

30
DI
GROUND

DI-1

24 VAC

+
-

24 VAC

DI-2

24 VAC

DI
GROUND

24V

DI-3

COM

DI
GROUND

24V

OCCUPANCY SENSOR
(CONTACTS CLOSED
EQUALS OCCUPIED)

OUTDOOR
ENTHALPY RETURN
ENTHALPY

2
JACK FOR
LONWORKS-BUS
NETWORK
ACCESS

T7770C
WALL
MODULE

T7770C
WALL
MODULE
1

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.
USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM2)
WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM2), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED
TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

WIRING DIAGRAM SHOWS JUMPER (FOR J2) IN FACTORY DEFAULT
HIGH-SIDE POSITION.

FOR WIRING DETAILS FOR PWM DEVICES, REFER TO DOCUMENTATION
INCLUDED WITH PWM DEVICES.

M10080C

Fig. 32. W7750B,C Controller PWM damper actuator
wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2, refer to
Fig. 25.)
41

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.
USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM2)
WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM2), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED
TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

WIRING DIAGRAM SHOWS JUMPER (FOR J2) IN FACTORY DEFAULT
HIGH-SIDE POSITION.
M10079C

Fig. 33. W7750B,C wiring diagram with 4 to 20 mA
enthalpy sensors and digital inputs. (For more
information on note 2, refer to Fig. 25.)

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

WINDOWS CONTACTS
(CONTACTS CLOSED
EQUALS WINDOW
CLOSED)
OCCUPANCY SENSOR
(CONTACTS CLOSED
EQUALS OCCUPIED)

DI-1

24 VAC

24 VAC COM

OUT 1

OUT 2

OUT 3

OUT 4

OUT 5

OUT 6

OUT 7

OUT 8

DI-2

27
DI
GROUND

DI-3

DI-4

DI
GROUND

TWO - OR
THREE-WAY
HOT WATER/
STEAM VALVE

SERIES 70
VALVE
ACTUATOR

ECONOMIZER
DAMPER

FAN

+
24 VAC
31

TWO - OR
THREE-WAY
CHILLER
WATER VALVE

ML7161
2-10 4-20
V
mA

24
INVac COM PUT

COM 24
Vac
T2 T1

+
-

24 Vac

AO 1

17
AO 2

DISCHARGE
AIR TEMP

E-BUS

GND

SENSOR

SET PT

2
JACK FOR
LONWORKS-BUS
NETWORK
ACCESS

T7770C
WALL
MODULE

1 EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.
USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM2)
WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM2), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.
USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM2)
WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM2), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED
TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

WIRING DIAGRAM SHOWS JUMPER (FOR J2) IN FACTORY DEFAULT
HIGH-SIDE POSITION.
M11619B

Fig. 34. W7750B,C wiring diagram with C7600C 4 to 20 mA
solid state humidity sensor. (For more information on
note 2, refer to Fig. 25.)

74-2958—1

BYPASS

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

JACK FOR
LONWORKS-BUS
NETWORK
ACCESS

LED

E-BUS

GND

SENSOR

SET PT

LED

BYPASS

J3
LONWORKS-BUS

LON
JACK

LONWORKS
BUS

20 VDC OUT

AI
GROUND

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

16
AO 3

19
OUT 5

OUT 3

20
OUT 4

OUT 2

24 VAC COM

OUT 1

DI-1

DI-2

AI-4 V/mA

AI-3 V/mA

+
–

AI-2 OHM

C7600C

AI
GROUND

HUMIDITY
(4 TO 20 MA)

WALL MODULE
LONWORKS-BUS

AI-1 OHM

SET PT

W7750C CONSTANT
VOLUME AHU
CONTROLLER
AI
GROUND

SENSOR

BYPASS

LON
JACK

LONWORKS
BUS

LED

TRIAC EQUIVALENT
CIRCUIT

EARTH
GROUND

20 VDC OUT

AI-4 V/mA

GROUND

SET PT

AI-3 V/mA

GROUND

AI-2 OHM

SENSOR

AI-1 OHM

BYPASS

LED

EARTH
GROUND

WALL MODULE

GROUND

W7750B CONSTANT
VOLUME AHU
CONTROLLER

DI
GROUND

TRIAC EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT

29
DI-3

DI-4

30
DI
GROUND

24 VAC

2 TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED
TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.
3 IF AN ANALOG OUTPUT DEVICE HAS A SIGNAL COM (-) TERMINAL,
CONNECT IT TO THE 24 VAC COM TERMINAL NUMBER 24.
M16417B

Fig. 35. W7750C Controller with 4-to-20 mA heating,
cooling and economizer wiring diagram. AOs must use
terminals 16, 17 or 18. The AOs can be set to be reverse
acting. (For more information on note 2, refer to Fig. 25.)
See Fig. 36 or 37 to wire a pneumatic transducer to a
W7750B or W7750C.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

MMC325 PNEUMATIC
TRANSDUCER

RP7517B PNEUMATIC TRANSDUCER
2
B

DECREASE

RP7517B

B
1
M

INCREASE

24 (N)

24 (H)

24 (N)

24 (H)

PNEUMATIC
VALVE
ACTUATOR

OUT 5

OUT 6

OUT 7

OUT 8

17
AO 2

OUT 3

OUT 4

16
AO 3

OUT 2

AO 1

OUT 1

OUT 5

OUT 4

OUT 3

OUT 2

OUT 1

24 VAC

24 VAC COM

DI-1

DI-2

DI
GROUND

24 VAC

+
DI-4
DI
GROUND

24 VAC COM

24 VAC

DI-2

DI
GROUND

29
DI-3

DI-4
DI
GROUND

DI-1

+
24 VAC
-

1
BLUE

BROWN

PNEUMATIC
VALVE

DI-3

BLACK

500

W7750B,C CONSTANT
VOLUME AHU
CONTROLLER

W7750C CONSTANT
VOLUME AHU
CONTROLLER

1 MAKE SURE ALL TRANSFORMER/POWER WIRING IS AS SHOWN;
REVERSING TERMINATIONS RESULTS IN EQUIPMENT
MALFUNCTION.

1 ANALOG OUTPUTS FROM W7750C ARE 4 TO 20 mA SIGNALS. A 500 OHM
1% TOLERANCE (OR BETTER) PRECISION RESISTOR IS REQUIRED TO
DRIVE THIS (RP7517B) AND OTHER 2 TO 10V DEVICES. PLACE THIS
RESISTOR AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE DRIVEN DEVICE.

2 OPTIONAL 24 VAC WIRING TO NEXT CONTROLLER.
3

USE 1/4 IN (6 MM) PNEUMATIC TUBING. MINIMUM BRANCH LINE
MUST BE 6 FT. (1.8M) OR LONGER.

TERMINALS 16,17, 18 ARE ANALOG OUTPUTS (W7750C ONLY).

2 USE 1/4 IN (6 MM) PNEUMATIC TUBING. MINIMUM BRANCH LINE
MUST BE 6 FT. (1.8M) OR LONGER.
3

TERMINALS 16 TO 18 ARE ANALOG OUTPUTS (W7750C ONLY).

M17368

M10078C

Fig. 37. RP7517,B pneumatic transducer to W7750C.

Fig. 36. Pneumatic transducer to W7750B,C
(B shown, see triangle note 4).

LONWORKS® Bus Termination Module
To use the analog outputs on the W7750C with 2-to-10V
actuators or transducers, a 500 ohm (1 percent or better
tolerance) resistor must be placed across the 2-to-10V
devices input and ground terminal. See Fig. 37. for an
example. The resistor converts a 4 to 20 mA signal into a 2-to10V signal.

One 209541B Excel 10 FTT Termination Module is required
for a singly terminated LONWORKS Bus segment. Two
209541B Excel 10 FTT Termination Modules are required for
a doubly terminated daisy-chain LONWORKS Bus segment
(see Fig. 38). Refer to LONWORKS Bus Wiring Guidelines
form, 74-2865 for termination module placement rules.

NOTE: Wire the 500 ohm resistor physically as close as
possible to the driven device. If the resistor is located
far away from the driven device, it is possible that
noise will be added onto the 2-to-10V signal to
ground line. This noise could cause an actuator to reposition (jitter) and reduce the actuators life.

For 209541B Excel 10 FTT Termination module placement
and wiring options, see Fig. 39.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

W7750B, C

1415

BROWN

W7750B, C

1415

ORANGE
PART NO. 209541B
TERMINATION
MODULE

PART NO. 209541B
TERMINATION
MODULE

BROWN
ORANGE

M10519A

Fig. 38. Typical doubly terminated daisy-chain LONWORKS® Bus segment termination module wiring diagram.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

SINGLY
TERMINATED SEGMENT

TERMINAL BLOCK
FOR Q7750A
ZONE MANAGER

INTERNAL
TERMINATION
NETWORK

4
5
6

INTERNAL
TERMINATION
NETWORK

W7750

FIELD INSTALLED
JUMPER

LONWORKS BUS
LONWORKS BUS

PART NO. 209541B
TERMINATION
MODULE

USE FOR DOUBLY
TERMINATED
DAISY-CHAIN
SEGMENT

FIELD INSTALLED JUMPER

(A) Enabling Internal Termination Network using
jumpers in the Q7750A Zone Manager

LONWORKS BUS

(B) Installing LONWORKS Bus
Termination Module at W7750

SEGMENTS

LONWORKS BUS

O I II

PART NO. 209541B
TERMINATION
MODULE

INSERT INTO TERMINALS 1 AND 2 WITH THE
LONWORKS BUS WIRE. TERMINATION MODULE IS
PHYSICALLY LOCATED BEHIND THE T7770
INSIDE THE 2 X 4 OR 60 MM BOX.

LABEL ON Q7740B 4 WAY REPEATER
NOTE: Q7740B 4 WAY REPEATER SHOWN,
Q7740A 2 WAY REPEATER HAS TWO SWITCHES.

(D) LONWORKS Bus Termination network
switches in the Q7740A, B Repeaters

RJ-45
PLUG

NET 2

Q7751A LONWORKS BUS
ROUTER

PART NO.
209541B
TERMINATION MODULE

SWITCHES ON SIDE, UNDER
Q7740A,B CIRCUIT BOARD.
USE SMALL FLAT OBJECT TO
MOVE THE SWITCHES
AS NEEDED FROM
POSITION O (NO TERMINATION)
POSITION I (SINGLY TERMINATED)
POSITION II (DOUBLY TERMINATED)

PART NO.
209541B
TERMINATION
MODULE
LONWORKS
BUS

WIRE NUTS
LONWORKS BUS

(E) Installing LONWORKS Bus Termination
Module at W7751H (terminals 11 and 12)

(F) Twist wires and attach wire nuts to RJ-45 Adapter
cables, LONWORKS Bus segment wires and Termination
M11618A
Module to connect to a Q7751A,B Router

Fig. 39. LONWORKS® Bus termination wiring options.

Step 5. Order Equipment
After compiling a bill of materials through completion of the
previous application steps, refer to Table 11 for ordering
information. Contact Honeywell for information about
Controllers and Wall Modules with no logo. See Table 11.
Excel 10 W7750 Controller Ordering Information.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 11. Excel 10 W7750 Controller Ordering Information.
Part Number

Product Description

Comments

Excel 10 W7750 Controllers:
W7750A2005

Constant Volume AHU Controller (W7750A)

Three Analog Inputs, Three Digital Inputs and
Six 24 Vac Relay Outputs

W7750B2011

Constant Volume AHU Controller (W7750B)

Six Analog Inputs, Five Digital Inputs and Eight
(High-side Low-side switchable)Triac Outputs

W7750C2001

Constant Volume AHU Controller (W7750C)

Six Analog Inputs, Five Digital Inputs, Five Triac
Outputs and Three Analog Outputs

T7770 and T7560 Wall Modules:
T7770A1006

Sensor with Honeywell Logo

Used with Excel 5000 and Excel 10 Controllers

T7770A1014

Sensor with No Logo

Used with Excel 5000 and Excel 10 Controllers

T7770A2004

Sensor, LONWORKS Jack and Honeywell Logo

Used with Excel 5000 and Excel 10 Controllers

T7770A2012

Sensor with LONWORKS Jack and No Logo

Used with Excel 5000 and Excel 10 Controllers

T7770B1004

Sensor with Setpoint and LONWORKS Jack,
Honeywell Logo

Degrees F Absolute

T7770B1046

Sensor with Setpoint and LONWORKS Jack,
Honeywell Logo

Relative Setpoint

T7770B1012

Sensor with Setpoint and LONWORKS Jack, No Degrees F Absolute
Logo

T7770B1020

Sensor with Setpoint and LONWORKS Jack,
Honeywell Logo

T7770B1053

Sensor with Setpoint and LONWORKS Jack, No Relative Setpoint
Logo

T7770B1038

Sensor with Setpoint and LONWORKS Jack, No Degrees C Absolute
Logo

T7770C1002

Sensor with Setpoint, Bypass/LED and
LONWORKS Jack, Honeywell Logo

Degrees F Absolute

T7770C1044

Sensor with Setpoint, Bypass/LED and
LONWORKS Jack, Honeywell Logo

Relative Setpoint

T7770C1010

Sensor with Setpoint, Bypass/LED and
LONWORKS Jack, No Logo

Degrees F Absolute

T7770C1028

Sensor with Setpoint, Bypass/LED and
LONWORKS Jack, Honeywell Logo

Degrees C Absolute

T7770C1051

Sensor with Setpoint, Bypass/LED and
LONWORKS Jack, No Logo

Relative Setpoint

T7770C1036

Sensor with Setpoint, Bypass/LED and
LONWORKS Jack, No Logo

Degrees C Absolute

T7770D1000

Sensor with Bypass/LED and LONWORKS Jack, Degrees F Absolute
Honeywell Logo

T7770D1018

Sensor with Bypass/LED and LONWORKS Jack, Degrees C Absolute
No Logo

T7560A1018

Digital Wall Module with Sensor, Setpoint and
Bypass/LCD, Honeywell Logo

T7560A1016

Digital Wall Module with Sensor, Setpoint,
Bypass/LCD and Humidity, Honeywell Logo

C7770A1006

Air Temperature Sensor. 20 Kohm NTC
nonlinearized

Duct-mounted sensor that functions as a
primary and/or secondary sensor.

C7031J1050

Averaging Discharge/Return Air Temperature
Sensor. 20 Kohm NTC

Duct element cord length 12 ft. (3.7m).

C7031B1033

Discharge Air or Hot Water Temperature
Sensor. 20 Kohm NTC

Use 112622AA Immersion Well.

Degrees C Absolute

Sensors:

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 11. Excel 10 W7750 Controller Ordering Information. (Continued)
Part Number

Product Description

Comments

C7031C1031

Duct Discharge/Return Air Sensor. 20 Kohm

C7031D1062

Hot or chilled Water Temperature Sensor. 20
Kohm NTC

C7031F1018

Outside Air Temperature Sensor. 20 Kohm
NTC

W7750B,C only

C7031K1017

Hot or chilled Water Temperature Sensor. 20
Kohm NTC

Strap-on

C7100A1015

Averaging Discharge/Return Air Temperature
Sensor. PT3000

13 in. (330mm) insertion length.

C7170A1002

18 in. (457mm) insertion length.
—

Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor. PT3000

—

Echelon Based Components and Parts:
Q7750A2003

Excel 10 Zone Manager

Free Topology Tranceiver (FTT)

Q7751A2002

Router

(FTT)

Q7751B2000

Router

Twisted Pair Tranceiver (78 kbps) to FTT

Q7752A2001

Serial Interface

(FTT)

Q7752A2009

Serial Interface (PCMCIA card)

(FTT)

Q7740A1008

Excel 10 2-Way Repeater

Used to extend the length of the LONWORKS
Bus. Contains built in termination modules.

Q7740B1006

Excel 10 4-Way Repeater

Used to extend the length of the LONWORKS
Bus. Contains built in termination modules.

XD 505A

Standard C-Bus Communications Submodule

—

XD 508

C-Bus Communications Submodule (1 megabit
baud rate)

—

209541B

Termination Module

One/two required per LONWORKS Bus segment

205979

Operator Terminal Cable for LONWORKS Bus

Serial interface to wall module or controller

Accessories (Sensors):
EL7680A1008

Wall Mounted Wide View Infrared Occupancy
Sensor

—

EL7628A1007

Ceiling Mounted Infrared Occupancy Sensor

—

EL7611A1003, EL7612A1001 Ultrasonic Occupancy Sensors

—

EL7630A1003,
EL7621A1002,
EL7621A1010

Power Supply/Control Units for Occupancy
sensors

—

C7242A1006

CO2 Sensor/Monitor

Use to measure the levels of carbon dioxide

C7400A1004

Solid State Enthalpy Sensor (4 to 20 mA)

For outdoor and return air enthalpy

C7600B1000

Solid State Humidity Sensor (2 to 10 V)

For outdoor and return air humidity

C7600C1008

Solid State Humidity Sensor (4 to 20 mA)

For outdoor and return air humidity

C7600C1018

Solid State Humidity Sensor (2 to 10 V)

For outdoor and return air humidity

Accessories:
Use to control Pneumatic reheat valves.
MMC325-010, MMC325-020 Pneumatic Retrofit Transducers. Select
pressure range: (010) 0 to 10 psi (68.97 kPa) or
(020) 0 to 20 psi (137.93 kPa).
MMCA530

DIN rail adapter for MMC325 Transducers

—

MMCA540

Metal enclosure for MMC325 Transducers

—

ML7984B3000

Valve Actuator Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Use with V5011 or V5013 F and G Valves

ML6161B1000

Damper Actuator Series 60

M6410A

Valve Actuator Series 60

Use with V5852/V5853/V5862/V5863 Valves

ML684A1025

Versadrive Valve Actuator with linkage, Series
60

Use with V5011 and V5013 Valves

—

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 11. Excel 10 W7750 Controller Ordering Information. (Continued)
Part Number

Product Description

Comments

ML6464A1009

Direct Coupled Actuator, 66 lb-in. torque,
Series 60

—

ML6474A1008

Direct Coupled Actuator, 132 lb-in. torque,
Series 60

—

ML6185A1000

Direct Coupled Actuator, 50 lb-in. spring return Series 60

V5852A/V5862A

Two-way terminal unit water valve; 0.19, 0.29, Use with M6410 Valve Actuator. Close-off rating
0.47, 0.74, 1.2, and 1.9 Cv 1/2 in. npt (13 mm) for 0.19 to 1.9 Cv is 65 psi; for 2.9 and 4.9, Cv is
or 2.9 and 4.9 Cv 3/4 in. npt (19 mm)
45 psi. (Coefficient of volume or capacity index
Cv = gallons per minute divided by the square
root of the pressure drop across the valve.)

V5853A/V5863A

Three-way mixing terminal unit hot water valve; Use with M6410 Valve Actuator. Close-off rating
0.19, 0.29, 0.47, 0.74, 1.2, and 1.9 Cv 1/2 in.
for 0.19 to 0.74 Cv is 55 psi; 1.2 and 1.9 Cv is 22
npt (13 mm) or 2.9 and 4.9 Cv 3/4 in. npt (19
psi; 2.9 and 4.9 Cv is 26 psi.
mm)

R8242A

Contactor, 24 Vac coil, DPDT

—

AT72D, AT88A, AK3310, etc. Transformers
EN 50 022

—

DIN rail 35 mm by 7.5 mm (1-3/8 in. by 5/16 in.) Obtain locally: Each controller requires 5 in.
—

Obtain locally: Part number TKAD, from Thomas
and Betts, two for each controller.

Two DIN rail adapters
Cabling:

—

Serial Interface Cable, male DB-9 to female
DB-9 or female DB-25.

Obtain locally from any computer hardware
vendor.

Honeywell
AK3791 (one twisted pair)
AK3792 (two twisted pairs)

LONWORKS Bus (plenum): 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) Level IV 140°F (60°C) rating
twisted pair solid conductor, nonshielded or
Echelon approved cable.

Honeywell AK3781 (one
twisted pair) AK3782 (two
twisted pairs)

LONWORKS Bus (nonplenum): 22 AWG (0.34
Level IV 140°F (60°C) rating
mm2) twisted pair solid conductor, nonshielded
or Echelon approved cable.

Honeywell AK3725

Inputs: 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) five wire cable
bundle

Standard thermostat wire

Honeywell AK3752 (typical or Outputs/Power: 14 to 18 AWG (2.0 to 1.0 mm2) NEC Class 2 140°F (60°C) rating
equivalent)
Honeywell AK3702 (typical or 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) twisted pair
equivalent)

Non-plenum

Honeywell AK3712 (typical or 16 AWG (1.3 mm2) twisted pair
equivalent)

Non-plenum

Honeywell AK3754 (typical or 14 AWG (2.0 mm2) two conductor
equivalent)

Non-plenum

Step 6. Configure Controllers
Excel E-Vision PC Software is used to configure W7750
Controllers to match their intended application. The E-Vision
User Guide, form number 74-2588 provides details for
operating the PC software.
W7750 Controllers are shipped from the factory with a default
hardware configuration. On power-up, the controller
configuration parameters are set to the default values listed in
Table 20 in Appendix C. The controller can operate normally
in this mode (if the equipment and wiring match the default
setup), and given valid sensor inputs, the outputs are
controlled appropriately to maintain space temperature at the
default setpoint. The default I/O arrangement for the W7750A

74-2958—1

is printed on the terminal labels. Also see the wiring details in
Fig. 27 in Step 4, Prepare Wiring Diagrams. The labeled I/O
terminals are defined in Table 10.

Step 7. Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Excel 10 Controllers and Wall
Modules
In addition to the following information, refer to the Installation
Instructions and Checkout and Test manual for each product.
Most products have a Checkout and Test section in their
Installation Instructions manual. If not, look for a separate
Checkout and Test manual. See the Applicable Literature
section for form numbers.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Check the version numbers of the controller firmware,
E-Vision and the E-Vision script.
Check the wiring to the power supply and make sure
there is a good earth ground to the controller.
Check the occupancy and HVAC modes.
Compare the current actual setpoint with the actual
space temperature.
Check the desired configuration settings.
Check the network wiring and type of wire used.
Check the Zone Manager mapping and referred points.

80K
70K

RESISTANCE (OHMS)

NOTE: If the fan shuts off periodically for no specific reason
and the controller restarts the fan by itself after about
20 to 60 seconds, the cause could be a bad Air Flow
switch. If the controller has a digital input assigned
as a Proof of Air Flow input, try unconfiguring this
digital input to see if these shutdowns continue. If
not, adjust or replace the Air Flow switch to get it
working.

50K
40K
30K
20K OHM AT
77oF (25oC)

20K
10K

30
0

80
50
60
70
90
20
10
30
TEMPERATURE (DEGREES)

100

110 oF
oC
40

AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
10K OHM SETPOINT POT
RESISTANCE VALUES

Temperature Sensor and Setpoint Potentiometer
Resistance Ranges

M11620

Fig. 40. Temperature sensor resistance plots.

The T7770 or T7560A,B Wall Modules or the C7770A Air
Temperature Sensor has the following specified calibration
points, which are plotted in Fig. 40:

Alarms
When an Excel 10 has an alarm condition, it reports it to the
central node on the LONWORKS Bus (typically, the Excel 10
Zone Manager). See Table 12. Information contained in an
alarm message is:

Temperature (°F)
Resistance Value (ohms)
98
11755
80
18478
70
24028
60
31525
42
52675
The T7770 Wall Module setpoint potentiometers have the
following calibration points:
Temperature (°F)
85
70
55

60K

• Subnet Number:
LONWORKS Bus subnet that contains the Excel 10 node
that has the alarm condition. Subnet 1 is on the Zone
Manager side of the router; Subnet 2 is on the other
side.
• Node Number:
Excel 10 node that has the alarm condition (see
Network Alarm).
• Alarm Type:
Specific alarm being issued. An Excel 10 can provide
the alarm types listed in Table 12.

Resistance Value (ohms)
1290
5500
9846

.
Table 12. Excel 10 Alarms.
Name of alarm or error bit

Alarm type
number

Meaning of alarm code or error bit

RETURN_TO_NORMAL

128U

Return to no alarm after being in an alarm condition. This code is added
numerically to another alarm code to indicate that the alarm condition has
returned to normal.

ALARM_NOTIFY_DISABLED

255U

The alarm reporting was turned off by DestManMode. No more alarms are
reported until DestManMode turns on alarm reporting or on application restart.

NO_ALARM

No alarms presently detected.

INPUT_NV_FAILURE

One or more NV inputs have failed in receiving an update within their specified
FAILURE_DETECT_TIME.

NODE_DISABLED

The control algorithm has stopped because the controller is in
DISABLED_MODE, MANUAL or FACTORY_TEST mode. No more alarms are
reported when the controller is in the DISABLED_MODE. Alarms continue to be
reported if the controller is in the MANUAL or FACTORY_TEST mode.

SENSOR_FAILURE

One or more sensors have failed.

FROST_PROTECTION_ALARM

The space temperature is below the frost alarm limit 42.8°F (6°C) when the
mode is FREEZE_PROTECT. The alarm condition remains until the temperature
exceeds the alarm limit plus hysterisis.

INVALID_SET_POINT

One of the setpoints is not in the valid range.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 12. Excel 10 Alarms. (Continued)
Name of alarm or error bit

Alarm type
number

Meaning of alarm code or error bit

LOSS_OF_AIR_FLOW

The Fan Status DI indicates that there is no air flow when the node is
commanding the fan to run. The control is shut down and disabled until power is
cycled or the node is reset. See NOTE below. The alarm is not issued until
FanFailTime seconds have elapsed since the loss-of-flow condition was first
reported

DIRTY_FILTER

The pressure drop across the filter exceeds the limit and the filter requires
maintenance. The control runs normally.

SMOKE_ALARM

The smoke detector has detected smoke and the node has entered an
emergency state.

IAQ_OVERRIDE

The indoor air quality sensor has detected that the indoor air quality is less than
the desired standard and additional outdoor air is being brought into the
conditioned space.

LOW_LIM_ECON_CLOSE

The economizer has to close beyond the minimum position to prevent the
discharge air temperature from going below the discharge temperature low limit.

NOTE: The node can be reset by switching the node to
MANUAL and then to the normal operating mode
(see Fan Operation in Appendix B).

The commissioning tool is used to perform the ID Assignment
task (see the E-Vision User’s Guide, form 74-2588).

Also, the Excel 10 variables, AlarmLogX where X is 1 through
5, that store the last five alarms to occur in the controller, are
available. These points can be viewed through XBS or
E-Vision.

SERVICE
PIN
BUTTON

Certain alarm conditions are suppressed conditionally as
follows:

Broadcasting the Service Message
The Service Message allows a device on the LONWORKS Bus
to be positively identified. The Service Message contains the
controller ID number and, therefore, can be used to confirm
the physical location of a particular Excel 10 in a building.
There are three methods of broadcasting the Service
Message from an Excel 10 W7750 Controller. One uses a
hardware service pin button on the side of the controller (see
Fig. 41). The second uses the wall module pushbutton (see
Fig. 43 and 44). By pressing the wall module pushbutton for
more than four seconds, the controller sends out the Service
Message. The third involves using the PC Configuration tool,
as follows.
When an Assign ID command is issued from the
commissioning tool, the node goes into the
SERVICE_MESSAGE mode for five minutes. In the
SERVICE_MESSAGE mode, pressing the Occupancy
Override button on the remote wall module (refer to Fig. 43
and 44 for override button location) causes the Service
Message to be broadcast on the network. All other functions
are normal in the SERVICE_MESSAGE mode. Even if an
Excel 10 W7750 Controller does not have an Override button
connected, it can broadcast the Service Message on the
network by temporarily shorting the Controller Bypass Input
terminal to the Sensor Ground terminal on the W7750A,B,C
(short terminals 3 and 5).

74-2958—1

M10094

Fig. 41. Location of the Service Pin Button.

W7750 Controller Status LED
The LED on the front and center of a W7750 Controller
provides a visual indication of the status of the device. See
Fig. 42. When the W7750 receives power, the LED should
appear in one of the following allowable states:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Off—no power to the processor.
Continuously On—processor is in initialized state.
Slow Blink—controlling, normal state.
Fast Blink—when the Excel 10 has an alarm condition.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Press and release the bypass pushbutton, located on the
T7560A,B Digital Wall Modules in Fig. 44 for more than one
second to cause the sun symbol on the bottom right side of
the LCD display to appear. Pressing the bypass pushbutton
for more than four seconds causes the controller, hard-wired
to the T7560A,B, to go into continuous unoccupied override.
The T7560A,B displays the moon symbol.

W7750

31
DI-4

30 29
DI
GND

DI-3

28 27 26
DI
GND

DI-2

25 24 23
22
VAC
24

DI-1

VAC
24
COM

1
OUT

2
OUT

21 20 19
18
3
OUT

4
OUT

5
OUT

6
OUT

7
OUT

8
OUT

BYPASS
PUSHBUTTON

E
GND

LED

BYPASS SNSR

AI
GND

SET PT

AI-1
OHM

AI
GND

A1-2
OHM

AI-3
V/mA

AI
GND

11 12 13
14

AI-4
V/mA

20VDC
OUT

LONWORKS
-BUS

LON
JACK

STATUS
LED
M10095A

Fig. 42. LED location on W7750.
M17500

T7770C,D Wall Module Bypass Pushbutton and
Override LED

Fig. 44. The T7560A,B Digital Wall Module Bypass
pushbutton location.

Pressing the bypass pushbutton, located on the T7770C,D
Wall Modules in Fig. 43, causes the override LED to display
the Manual Override mode of the controller. The modes are:

T7770C

Appendix A. Using E-Vision to Commission a
W7750 Controller.

T7770D

NOTE: When commissioning a CVAHU W7750 Controller,
E-Vision first checks that the actual hardware model
(such as W7750A,B,C) is the same type which was
selected from the Application Selection/Output tab. If
the types do not match, the download does not occur
and the user-entered values in the Application
Selection screens all revert back to default values.

OVERRIDE
LED

75
55
80

APPENDICES

OVERRIDE
LED
BYPASS
PUSHBUTTON

Sensor Calibration
The space temperature, the optional resistive and voltage/
current (W7750B,C only) inputs can all be calibrated. The wall
module setpoint potentiometer can not be calibrated.

BYPASS
PUSHBUTTON
M11617

Fig. 43. The T7770C,D Wall Modules LED and Bypass
pushbutton locations.
1.
2.
3.
4.

LED = Off. No override active.
LED = Continuously on. Bypass mode (timed Occupied
override).
LED = One flash per second. Continuous Unoccupied
override.
LED = Two flashes per second. Remote only, continuous Occupied override.

Perform the sensor calibration by adding an offset value
(either positive or negative) to the sensed value using
E-Vision menus (see E-Vision user guide, form number
74-2588).
When calibrating voltage/current sensors on the (W7750B,C),
the offset amount entered by the user is in volts, regardless of
the inputs actual engineering units. See Appendix E for
information on how to derive the proper voltage value to enter
as an offset during calibration.

Setting the Pid Parameters

T7560A,B Digital Wall Module Bypass Pushbutton
and LCD Display Occupancy Symbols

The W7750 is designed to control a wide variety of
mechanical systems in many types of buildings. With this
flexibility, it is necessary to verify the stability of the
temperature control in each different type of application.

See Fig. 44 for the T7560A,B Digital Wall Module bypass
pushbutton location.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Occasionally, the PID parameters require tuning to optimize
comfort and smooth equipment operation. This applies to the
W7750A,B,C Controllers.

lists some recommended values to use as a starting point.
These recommended values are based on past experience
with the applications and in most cases do not require further
adjustment.

CVAHU Controllers are configured by E-Vision with default
values of PID parameters as shown in Appendix C Table 21. If
different values for these parameters are desired, Table 13
Table 13. Recommended Values For PID Parameters.

Equipment Configuration
Single Stage
Two Stages

Heat
Prop.
Gain

Heat
Integ.
Gain

Heat
Deriv.
Gain

Heat
Control
Band

Cool
Prop.
Gain

Cool
Integ.
Gain

Cool
Deriv.
Gain

Cool
Control
Band

Econ
Control
Band

3000

2000

Three Stages

4.5

1500

4.5

1500

Four Stages

1000

Series 60 Modulating (Floating)

750

PWM Modulating

900

If the PID parameters require adjustment away from these
values, use caution to ensure that equipment problems do not
arise (see CAUTION below). If any change to PID control
parameters is made, the adjustments should be gradual. After
each change, the system should be allowed to stabilize so the
effects of the change can be accurately observed. Then
further refinements can made, as needed, until the system is
operating as desired.

CAUTION
If large or frequent changes to PID control parameters
are made, it is possible to cause equipment problems
such as short cycling compressors (if the stage
minimum run times were disabled in User Addresses
DisMinClTime or DisMinHtTime). Other problems that
can occur include wide swings in space temperature
and excessive overdriving of modulating outputs.
If adjustment of PID parameters is required, use the following.
In the items that follow, the term, error, refers to the difference
between the measured space temperature and the current
actual space temperature setpoint.
— The Proportional Gain (also called Throttling Range)
determines how much impact the error has on the output
signal. Decreasing the Proportional Gain amplifies the
effect of the error; that is, for a given error, a small
Proportional Gain causes a higher output signal value.
— The Integral Gain (also called Integral Time) determines
how much impact the error-over-time has on the output
signal. Error-over-time has two components making up its
value: the amount of time the error exists; and the size of
the error. The higher the Integral Gain, the slower the
control response. In other words, a decrease in Integral
Gain causes a more rapid response in the output signal.

74-2958—1

— The Derivative Gain (also called Derivative Time)
determines how much impact the error rate has on the
output signal. The error rate is how fast the error value is
changing. It can also be the direction the space
temperature is going, either toward or away from the
setpoint, and its speed—quickly or slowly. A decrease in
Derivative Gain causes a given error rate to have a larger
effect on the output signal.
— The Control Band is used only for discharge temperature
control of modulating outputs, which includes controlling
the economizer dampers, and heating and cooling valves
using Cascade Control. The Control Band dictates the
span through which the discharge temperature must travel
to cause the output signal to go from fully closed to fully
open. Also, 10 percent of the Control Band value is the size
of the deadband around the setpoint where no actuator
motion occurs. For example, if controlling a cooling valve
with Cascade Control enabled and with the discharge
temperature within 0.1 X DaTempClCtrlBd of the discharge
setpoint, there is no change in the current valve position.
The smaller the Control Band, the more responsive the
control output. A larger Control Band causes more sluggish
control. Be careful not to set the Control Band too low and
cause large over or under shoots (hunting). This can
happen if the space or discharge sensors or wiring are in
noisy environments and the value reported to the controller
is not stable (such that it bounces). The Control Band is
used only in modulating control, and has no purpose when
staged control is configured.

Appendix B. Sequences of Operation.
This Appendix provides the control sequences of operation for
the models of the Excel 10 W7750 CVAHU Controller. The
W7750A,B,C Controllers can be configured to control a wide
variety of possible equipment arrangements. Table 14 and 15
(copied from Tables 3 and 4) summarize the available options.
This Appendix provides a more detailed discussion of these
options.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Common Operations
The Excel 10 W7750 Controller applications have many
common operations that are applicable regardless of the type
of heating, cooling, or economizer equipment configuration.
These operations are available to the W7750A and the
W7750B,C Versions of the CVAHU Controller, and the I/O and
network configurations for them are summarized in Table 14.
Available input options are from the wall module and the
hard-wired analog and digital inputs. Each application can
have only a subset of these devices configured based on the
number of physical I/O points available. However, some of the
inputs are available over the LONWORKS Bus network.

NOTE: Each W7750 Controller must have a space
temperature sensor input either wired directly to the
controller, or shared from another LONWORKS Bus
device, and must have a digital output configured for
controlling the supply fan. In addition, if modulating
economizer control is desired, a discharge air
temperature sensor must be physically connected to
the Excel 10 W7750 Controller. A discharge
temperature signal cannot be brought into the
controller through the LONWORKS Bus network.

Table 14. Common Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers.
Option

Possible Configurations Common To All W7750 Models

Supply Fan

1. Mandatory Digital Output.

Type of Air Handler

1. Conventional.
2. Heat Pump.

Occupancy Sensor

1. None.
2. Connected: Contacts closed equals Occupied.
3. Network (Occ/Unocc signal received via the LONWORKS Bus network).

Window Sensor

1. None.
2. Physically Connected: Contacts closed equals window closed.
3. Network (Window Open/Closed signal received via the LONWORKS Bus).

Wall Module Option

1. Local (direct wired to the controller).

(The T77560A,B has no LONWORKS Bus access)

2. Network (sensor value received via the LONWORKS Bus).

Wall Module Type

1. Sensor only.

(All wall modules have a LONWORKS Bus access

2. Sensor and Setpoint adjust.

jack except T7560A,B)

3. Sensor, Setpoint adjust and Bypass.
4. Sensor and Bypass.

Smoke Emergency Initiation

1. None.
2. Physically Connected: Contacts closed equals smoke detected.
3. Network (Emergency/Normal signal received via the LONWORKS Bus).

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 15. Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers.
Option

Possible Configurations for the
W7750A Model

Possible Configurations for the W7750B,C Models

Type of

1. One stage.

Heating

2. Two stages.

3. Three stages.

4. Four stages.

5. None.

5. Series 60 Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.
6. Pulse Width Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.
7. None.

Type of
Cooling

1. One stage.

2. Two stages.

3. Three stages.

4. Four stages.

5. None.

5. Series 60 Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.
6. Pulse Width Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.
7. None.

Type of
Economizer

1. Digital Output Enable/Disable
signal for controlling an external
economizer package.

1. Digital Output Enable/Disable signal for controlling an external
economizer package.

2. Series 60 Modulating electric
damper motor, or pneumatic via
transducer.

2. Series 60 Modulating electric damper motor, or pneumatic via
transducer.

3. None.

3. Pulse Width Modulating electric damper motor, or pneumatic via
transducer.

1. None.

2. Local IAQ Digital Input—directly
wired to the controller. (Contacts
closed means poor IAQ is
detected.)

2. Local IAQ Digital Input—directly wired to the controller. (Contacts
closed means poor IAQ is detected.)

3. Network (IAQ Override signal
received via the LONWORKS Bus).

3. Network (IAQ Override signal received via the LONWORKS Bus).

4. None.
IAQ Option

4. Local CO2 Analog Input—directly wired to the controller. (The sensor
must be a 0 to 10V device representing 0 to 2000 PPM CO2.)
Coil Freeze

1. None.

Stat Option

Filter Monitor

1. None.

Option

1. None.

3. Local Analog Input for Differential Pressure across the Filter (directly
wired to the controller). The sensor must be a 2 to 10V device
representing 0 to 5 inw (1.25 kPa).
ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR (RmTemp)
This is the room space temperature sensor. This sensor is the
T7770 or the T7560A,B Wall Module. When it is configured, it
provides the temperature input for the W7750 temperature
control loop. If it is not configured, it is required that a room
temperature sensor value be transmitted from another

74-2958—1

LONWORKS Bus device. If no valid room temperature value is
available to the W7750 Controller, the temperature control
algorithm in the controller is disabled, causing the heating,
cooling, and economizer control outputs to be turned off. If the
W7750 Controller is configured for Continuous Fan (rather

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

than Intermittent Fan (see Fan Operation in this Appendix),
and the mode is Occupied when the RmTemp value becomes
invalid, the fan continues to run.
REMOTE SETPOINT (RmtStptPot)
This is the Setpoint Potentiometer contained in the T7770 or
the T7560A,B Wall Module. When configured, this occupant
value is set to calculate the actual cooling or heating
Occupied Setpoint. There are two options for how to calculate
the actual setpoint to be used by the temperature control
algorithm: (Offset) and (Absolute Middle). When SetPtKnob is
set to Offset, the Wall Module setpoint knob represents a
number from -9° to +9°F (-5° to +5°C) which is added to the
software occupied setpoints for the heat and the cool modes
(CoolOccSpt and HeatOccSpt). When SetPtKnob is set to
Absolute Middle, the setpoint knob becomes the center of the
Zero Energy Band (ZEB) between the cooling and heating
occupied setpoints. The size of the ZEB is found by taking the
difference between the software heating and cooling occupied
setpoints; therefore, for Absolute Middle, the actual setpoints
are found as follows:

OverrideType
OverrideType specifies the behavior of the override button on
the wall module. There are three possible states that have the
following meanings:
NONE disables the override button.
NORMAL causes the override button to set the OverRide
state to OC_BYPASS for BypassTime (default 180
minutes), when the override button has been pressed
for approximately 1 to 4 seconds, or to set the OverRide
state to UNOCC when the button has been pressed for
approximately 4 to 7 seconds. When the button is
pressed longer than approximately 7 seconds, then the
OverRide state is set to OC_NUL (no manual override is
active).
BYPASS_ONLY causes the override button to set the
OverRide state to OC_BYPASS for BypassTime (default
180 minutes), on the first press (1 to 7 seconds). On the
next press, the OverRide state is set to OC_NUL (no
manual over ride is active).
OverridePriority
OverridePriority configures the override arbitration between
nviManOcc, nviBypass.state, and the wall module override
button. There are two possible states which have the following
meanings:

ActualCoolSpt = RmtStptPot +
(CoolOccSpt - HeatOccSpt) / 2
ActualHeatSpt = RmtStptPot (CoolOccSpt - HeatOccSpt) / 2
During Standby and Unoccupied times, the remote setpoint
pot is not referenced, and the software setpoints for those
modes are used instead.
SETPOINT LIMITS (LoSetptLim AND HiSetptLim)
Remote setpoint pot limits are provided by LoSetptLim and
HiSetptLim. The occupied setpoints used in the control
algorithms are limited by these parameters. When the setpoint
knob is configured to be of type Absolute Middle, the lowest
actual setpoint allowed is equal to LoSetptLim, and the
highest actual setpoint allowed is equal to HiSetptLim. When
the setpoint knob is configured to be an Offset type, the lowest
actual setpoint allowed is equal to HeatOccSpt - LoSetptLim,
and the highest allowed is equal to CoolOccSpt + HiSetptLim.
BYPASS MODE (StatusOvrd AND StatusLed)
During Unoccupied periods, the facility occupant can request
that Occupied temperature control setpoints be observed by
depressing the Bypass pushbutton on the wall module. When
activated, the controller remains in Bypass mode until:
1. Bypass Duration Setting has timed out (BypTime), or
2. User again presses the Wall Module pushbutton to
switch off Bypass mode, or
3. Occupancy schedule (DestSchedOcc network input or
TimeClckOcc digital input) switches the mode to
Occupied.
4. User sets the DestManOcc network point to Not
Assigned.
The LED on the T7770 Wall Module (Override LED) indicates
the current bypass mode status (see the T7770C,D Wall
Module Bypass Pushbutton and Override LED section). The
LCD on the T7560 Digital Wall Module indicates the current
bypass mode status (see the T7560A,B Digital Wall Module
Bypass Pushbutton and LCD Occupancy Symbols section).
BypassTime
BypassTime is the time between the pressing of the override
button at the wall module (or initiating OC_BYPASS via
nviManOcc) and the return to the original occupancy state.
When the bypass state has been activated, the bypass timer
is set to BypassTime (default of 180 minutes).
55

LAST specifies that the last command received from either
the wall module or nviManOcc determines the effective
override state.
NET specifies that when nviManOcc is not OC_NUL, then
the effective occupancy is nviManOcc regardless of the
wall module override state.
CYCLES PER HOUR (ubHeatCph AND ubCoolCph)
ubHeatCph specifies the mid-load number of on / off cycles
per hour (default is 6), when the mode is HEAT. ubCoolCph
specifies the mid-load number of on / off cycles per hour
(default is 3), when the mode is COOL. This is to protect the
mechanical equipment against short cycling causing
excessive wear. In addition the cycle rate specifies the
minimum on and off time according to Table 17.
T7770C,D OR T7560A,B WALL MODULE BYPASS PUSHBUTTON
OPERATION
The Wall Module Bypass pushbutton is located on both the
T7770C,D or the T7560A,B Wall Modules, see Fig. 43 and 44.
The bypass pushbutton can change the controller into various
occupancy modes, see Table 16.
Table 16. Bypass Pushbutton Operation.
If the pushbutton is But for not
held down for
more than
Less than 1 second

—

The resulting mode is
No Override is active

1 second

4 seconds Bypass (a timed Occupied
Override)

4 seconds

7 seconds Continuous Unoccupied
Override

NOTES: If the pushbutton is held down for longer than seven
seconds, the controller reverts back to No Override
and repeats the cycle above. See Fig. 45.
Continuous Occupied override mode can only be
initiated remotely; that is, over the LONWORKS Bus
network.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

RESET

NOT ASSIGNED
(LED OFF)

PRESS FOR LESS
THAN ONE SECOND

PRESS FOR ONE
TO FOUR SECONDS

BYPASS
TIMEOUT

BYPASS OCCUPIED
(LED ON)

PRESS FOR FOUR
TO SEVEN SECONDS

PRESS FOR LESS THAN ONE SECOND

UNOCCUPIED
(LED BLINK)

PRESS FOR MORE THAN SEVEN SECONDS
M8483A

Fig. 45. LED and Bypass pushbutton operation.
STANDBY MODE (StatusOcySen)
The digital input for an occupancy sensor (usually a motion
detector or possibly a time clock) provides the controller with a
means to enter an energy-saving Standby mode whenever
people are not in the room. Standby mode occurs when the
scheduled occupancy is Occupied, and the occupancy sensor
detects no people currently in the room (digital input contacts
Closed means people are in the room, and contacts Open
means the room is Unoccupied). When in Standby mode, the
Excel 10 W7750 Controller uses the Standby Cooling Setpoint
for cooling (CoolStbySpt), or the Standby Heating Setpoint for
Heating (HeatStbySpt) as the Actual Space Temperature
Setpoint. The occupancy sensor signal can also be a network
input from another LONWORKS Bus device, so that no physical
sensor is required at the receiving W7750 Controller.

IMPORTANT
When the W7750 Controller is in Standby mode, the
economizer minimum position setting is not
observed. This means the fresh air dampers will go
fully closed if there is no call for cooling.
CONTINUOUS UNOCCUPIED MODE
This mode is entered when a wall module is configured with a
Bypass pushbutton that was pressed for four to seven
seconds causing the wall module LED/LCD to blink. This
mode can also be entered via a network command
(ManualOcc set to Unoccupied). If the controller is in this
mode, it reverts to the Unoccupied setpoints for temperature
control, and the economizer does not observe its minimum
position setting. The controller remains in this mode
indefinitely until the Bypass pushbutton is pressed to exit the
mode or a network command is sent to clear the mode. A
configuration parameter is available to disable wall-module
initiation of Continuous Unoccupied mode (OvrdType).

74-2958—1

OCCUPANCY MODE AND MANUAL OVERRIDE ARBITRATION
The W7750 has multiple sources for occupancy schedule
information and, therefore, it employs an arbitration scheme to
determine the current actual mode. Time-of-day (TOD)
schedule status comes from two sources, a configured digital
input for OccTimeClock or the DestSchedOcc network input
received from a central control. If the digital input source is
configured, it has highest priority and determines the
Occupancy mode. This digital input is either ON (shorted =
occupied), OFF (open = unoccupied), or not active (not
configured); otherwise, the status is determined by the
DestSchedOcc input from the network source. The
DestSchedOcc has three possible states, occupied,
unoccupied or standby.
Manual Override Status can be derived from three sources
and governed by two selectable arbitration schemes. The two
schemes are:
• Network Wins or Last-in Wins, as set in OvrdPriority.
The three sources of manual override status are:
DestManOcc Has possible states: Occupied,
Unoccupied, Bypass, Standby and Not
Assigned (not active). This input source
has the highest priority in determining
manual override status for a Network
Wins arbitration scheme, and in the
event there is more than one source
change at a time in the Last-in Wins
arbitration scheme. Here, bypass
initiates a self-timed bypass of the
control unit and expires upon
completion of the defined timed period.
The controller then treats the bypass
status of this input as Not Assigned until
the next change in status.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

DestBypass -

Has possible states: Bypass On,
Bypass Off or Not Assigned (not active).
This input places the controller in an
untimed bypass state or turns off the
bypass mode. This source is second in
priority to DestManOcc under the same
arbitration schemes mentioned above.

Override Button -The wall module Override pushbutton
can command status of Bypass,
Continuous Unoccupied and Not
Assigned. This source has the lowest
priority status in the above mentioned
schemes. The above mention sources
of override must be either Not Assigned
or Off before the Override pushbutton
affects the manual override status in the
Network Wins scheme. All actions, in
this case, taken from the Override
pushbutton are locked out.
Bypass status is a controller-timed
event whose duration is set in BypTime.
Upon expiration of the timer, the status
returns to Not Assigned. The status of
this input can be overridden with the
receipt of Not Assigned from
DestManOcc. This, in effect, cancels a
timed bypass or a continuous
unoccupied mode.
The Override pushbutton can be
configured as Normal (all of the above
mentioned states are possible), Bypass
Only (Bypass and Not Assigned only) or
None (effectively Disabling the Override
pushbutton).
TIME CLOCK (Occ_Time_Clock)
OccTimeClock is the state of the digital input configured and
wired to a time clock. When the digital input is detected to be
Closed (Occupied), the scheduled occupancy will be
OC_OCCUPIED. If the detected state of the digital input is
Open (Unoccupied), then the scheduled occupancy will be
OC_UNOCCUPIED. If the Occ_Time_Clock is not configured,
then either the DestSchedOcc network input received from a
central control or the time clock that is broadcast from a
Sched_Master configured W7750, controls the occupied
mode.
SCHEDULE MASTER (Sched_Master)
Sched_Master is the state of a digital input that is configured
and wired to the W7750. If the Sched_Master input is closed
(input shorted), the node is the schedule master and the state
of the locally connected time clock will be broadcast out over
the LONWORKS Bus to the other W7750 controllers. If the
Sched_Master input is open, then the node is not a schedule
master and the local time clock will not be sent out over the
LONWORKS Bus even if the time clock input is configured.
However, the DestSchedOcc network input received from a
central control has a higher priority than the local time clock,
and therefore overrides the local time clock. The W7750
controllers automatically bind without the need for a
configuration tool.

SETPOINT RAMPING
The W7750 Controller incorporates a ramping feature that
gradually changes the space setpoints between occupancy
modes. This feature is only operational if the network variable
inputs DestSchedOcc, TodEventNext, and Time Until Next
Change Of State (TUNCOS) are being used to change the
W7750 Occupancy mode. The applicable Setpoints are
OaTempMinHtRamp, OaTempMaxHtRamp, MinHtRamp and
MaxHtRamp (for HEAT mode operation), and
OaTempMinClRamp, OaTempMaxClRamp, MinClRamp and
MaxClRamp (for the COOL mode operation). See Fig. 46 for a
pictorial representation of how these setpoints interact.
During recovery operation, the setpoint changes at a rate in
degrees per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature. If
there is no outdoor air temperature sensor available, then
MinHtRamp is used as the recovery rate.
HEAT RECOVERY
RAMP RATE
(DEGREES/HOUR)

MaxHtRam

MinHtRam

OUTDOOR AIR
TEMPERATURE
OaTempMinHtRa

OaTempMaxHtRam
M10109

Fig. 46. Setpoint ramping parameters with ramp rate
calculation.
NOTE: Recovery ramping applies between scheduled
heating or cooling setpoint changes from
UNOCCUPIED to STANDBY, UNOCCUPIED to
OCCUPIED, and STANDBY to OCCUPIED.
Scheduled setpoint changes from OCCUPIED to
UNOCCUPIED or OCCUPIED to STANDBY do not
use a ramped setpoint but instead use a step change
in setpoint. Recovery ramps begin before the next
scheduled occupancy time and are ramped from the
setpoint for the existing scheduled occupancy state
to the setpoint for the next occupancy state.
RECOVERY RAMPING FOR HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS
When the node is controlling heat pump equipment, during the
recovery ramps, the heating setpoint is split into a heat pump
setpoint (for compressors) and an auxiliary heat setpoint (for
auxiliary heat stages). The heat pump setpoint is a step
change at the recovery time prior to the OCCUPIED time.
Recovery time is computed from the configured heat recovery
ramp rate. The recovery time is calculated:
Recovery time = (OCC setpoint - current setpoint)/ramp rate
See Fig. 47 for the various setpoints.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Standby or Unoccupied modes, the fan cycles on with a call
for cooling (or heating if the FanOnHtMode parameter is set).
In Intermittent Fan mode, the fan cycles on with a call for
cooling (or heating if the FanOnHtMode parameter is set), and
cycles off when the space temperature control is satisfied.

HEAT PUMP
SETPOINT
(FOR COMPRESSORS)
OCC setpoint

AUX HEAT
SETPOINT

UN_OCC setpoint
OR
STANDBY setpoint
RECOVERY TIME

The fan control supports an optional (Proof of Air Flow) digital
input, that allows monitoring of the supply fans status. If the
fan is commanded on, the Proof of Air Flow digital input is
checked up to three times to verify that the fan is running after
an initial delay of FanOnDelay seconds (user-settable). If the
fan fails to start the CVAHU must be reset by first cycling
CVAHU power. If this does not work, set DestManMode to
Manual and then back to Enable. After a reset the application
restarts—all outputs switch off and auto control is enabled.

OCCUPIED TIME
M10110

Fig. 47. Setpoint ramping parameters with setpoint
calculation.
During the COOL recovery period, the setpoint changes at a
rate in degrees per hour relative to the outdoor air
temperature. If there is no outdoor air temperature sensor
available, the MinClRamp is used as the recovery rate.
See Fig. 48 for the various setpoints.
COOL RECOVERY
RAMP RATE
(DEGREES/HOUR)

MaxClRam

MinClRam

OUTDOOR AIR
TEMPERATURE
OaTempMinClRa

Also, the W7750 Controller provides fan-run-on operation that
keeps the fan running for a short time after heating or cooling
shuts off. The amount of time that the fan continues to run is
set in FanRunOnHeat for heating mode and FanRunOnCool
for cooling mode.
WINDOW SENSOR (StatusWndw)
The digital input for a window contact provides the algorithm
with a means to disable its temperature control activities if
someone has opened a window or door in the room. When a
window is detected to be Open (digital input contacts Open
equals window open), the normal temperature control is
disabled, and the W7750 Controller enters the Freeze Protect
mode. Freeze Protect mode sets the space setpoint to 46.4 °F
(8°C) and brings on the fan and heat if the space temperature
falls below this setpoint. Normal temperature control resumes
on window closure. The Window sensor signal can also be a
network input from another LONWORKS Bus device, so that no
physical sensor is required at the receiving W7750 Controller.
SMOKE CONTROL
The Excel 10 W7750 Controller supports three smoke-related
control strategies:
1. Emergency Shutdown (all outputs off).
2. Depressurize (fan on, outdoor air damper closed).
3. Pressurize (fan on, outdoor air damper open).

OaTempMaxClRam
M10111

Fig. 48. Setpoint ramping parameters with ramp rate
calculation.
NOTES: The setpoint used during the COOL recovery period
is similar to the heat mode in Fig. 46, except the
slope of the line reverses for cooling.
Recovery ramping applies between scheduled heating or cooling setpoint changes from UNOCCUPIED
to STANDBY, UNOCCUPIED to OCCUPIED, and
STANDBY to OCCUPIED. Scheduled setpoint
changes from OCCUPIED to UNOCCUPIED or
OCCUPIED to STANDBY do not use a ramped setpoint, but instead, use a step change in setpoint.
Recovery ramps begin before the next scheduled
occupancy time and are ramped from the setpoint for
the existing scheduled occupancy state to the setpoint for the next occupancy state.
FAN OPERATION
The W7750 supply fan can be controlled in one of two
different ways. In Continuous Fan mode, the fan runs
whenever the controller is in Occupied mode. When in
74-2958—1

The controller is placed in one of these three control states
whenever the W7750 mode becomes
SMOKE_EMERGENCY, which can be initiated via a network
command (DestEmergCmd) or from a local (physically
connected) smoke detector digital input. When in
SMOKE_EMERGENCY mode, the W7750 Controller uses the
control strategy found in SmkCtlMode (one of the three listed
above), and the normal temperature control function is
disabled. If a W7750 local smoke detector trips, the SrcEmerg
network variable (for other LONWORKS Bus devices to receive)
is set to the Emergency state.
DEMAND LIMIT CONTROL (DLC)
When The LONWORKS Bus network receives a high-electricaldemand signal, the controller applies a DlcBumpTemp amount
to the current actual space temperature setpoint value. The
setpoint is always adjusted in the energy-saving direction.
This means that if the W7750 Controller is in Cooling mode,
the DLC offset bumps the control point up, and when in
Heating mode, bumps the control point down.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

DIRTY FILTER MONITOR
The air filter in the air handler can be monitored by the W7750
and an alarm issued when the filter media needs replacement.
The two methods of monitoring the filter are:
1. A differential pressure switch whose contacts are connected to a digital input on the W7750A or W7750B,C;
and
2. A 2-to-10V differential pressure sensor wired to a
current input on the W7750B,C. If the analog input
sensor is used, its measured value 0 to 5 inw
(0 to 1.25 kPa) is compared to a user-selectable
setpoint (FltrPressStPt—valid range: 0 to 5 inw
(0 to 1.25 kPa)), and the Dirty Filter alarm is issued
when the pressure drop across the filter exceeds the
setpoint.

the START_UP_WAIT mode for a pseudo-random period
(depending on neuron_id) between 12 and 22 seconds and
then transitions to one of the operating modes, depending on
the inputs that are read from the physical and network inputs.
The pseudo random period prevents multiple controllers from
simultaneously starting major electrical loads when power is
restored to a building.
NOTES: After a controller download via Care/E-Vision, the
delayed reset time is bypassed and the controller
starts after a 40-second initialization.
Not all network inputs can be received during the
START_UP_WAIT period because many network
variables are updated at a slower rate; therefore
some control decisions can be considered temporarily inappropriate.

START-UP
START_UP_WAIT is the first mode after application restart or
power-up. During START_UP_WAIT, the analog and digital
inputs are being read for the first time, no control algorithms
are active, and the physical outputs (fan and heat/cooling
stages) are in the de-energized position. The node remains in

Temperature Control Operations
See Fig. 49 for a diagram of a typical W7750 Unit.

OA TEMP

HEAT
COIL

COOL
COIL

FILTER

FAN
OUTDOOR
AIR

EXCEL 10
W7750
CVAHU

DA TEMP

RA TEMP

ROOF

CEILING
OCCUPANCY
SENSOR

RETURN
AIR

T7770 OR T7560A,B

DISCHARGE
AIR

M17488

WINDOW CONTACT

Fig. 49. Schematic diagram for a typical W7750B Unit.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

STAGED COOLING CONTROL
The Excel 10 W7750 Controller supports up to four stages of
D/X cooling. As space temperature rises above the current
Cooling Setpoint, the controllers mode of operation is
switched to the COOL mode. When in the COOL mode, all
heating outputs are driven closed or off (with the exception
that occurs during IAQ Override Operation, see above), and
the staged cooling outputs are enabled for use. When in the
COOL mode, the PID cooling control algorithm compares the
current space temperature to the EffectiveCoolSetPt, and

calculates a PID error signal. This error signal causes the
cooling stage outputs to be cycled as required to drive the
space temperature back to the setpoint. Fig. 50 illustrates the
relationship between PID error and staged output activity. As
the error signal increases and the space temperature is
getting farther away from setpoint, or is remaining above
setpoint as time elapses, additional stages of cooling are
energized until, if PID error reaches 100 percent, all
configured stages are on.

PID
ERROR
NO. STAGES
CONFIGURED

25% 33%

50%

ONE STAGE

FOUR STAGES

75%

100%

STAGE 1
CYCLING

STAGE 1 LOCKED ON
STAGE 2 CYCLING

STAGE 1
LOCKED ON
STAGE 2
CYCLING

> 100%

ALL STAGES
LOCKED ON

CYCLING

TWO STAGES

THREE STAGES

66%

ALL STAGES
LOCKED ON

STAGE 1,2 LOCKED ON
STAGE 3 CYCLING

STAGE 1,2
LOCKED ON
STAGE 3
CYCLING

STAGE 1,2,3
LOCKED ON
STAGE 4
CYCLING

ALL STAGES
LOCKED ON

ALL STAGES
LOCKED ON
M10112

Fig. 50. Staged output control versus PID Error.
If economizer dampers are configured, and the outdoor air is
suitable for free cooling, the economizer operates as the first
stage of cooling. For example, if a controller was configured
with two stages of mechanical cooling and an economizer, the
application should be viewed in Fig. 50 as a three-stage
system.
Setpoints for the PID gains allow for unit-by-unit adjustment of
the control loop, if required; however, any change from the
default values should be minimal.
The PID control algorithm used to control staged cooling is
anticipator-driven, and is similar to the algorithm used in the
T7300 commercial thermostat. All staging events are subject
to a minimum interstage time delay, which is based on the
cycles per hour user setting (CoolCycHr). The minimum
interstage time delay ranges from 90 seconds (at 12 cycles
per hour) to 8.5 minutes (at two cycles per hour), see Table
17. The user has the option to disable the minimum run timer
(DisMinClTimer for cooling). If the minimum run timer is
disabled, the interstage time delay is fixed at 20 seconds. The
cycling rate is separately selectable for heating and cooling
between 2 and 12 cycles per hour (cph).

74-2958—1

Table 17. Interstage Minimum Times
Cycles/Hour Selection

Minimum On/Off time (Min.)

8.5

5.5

4.0

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

STAGED HEATING CONTROL
The Excel 10 W7750B,C Controller supports up to four stages
of heating. As space temperature falls below the current
Cooling Setpoint, the controller mode of operation is switched
to the HEAT mode. When in the HEAT mode, all cooling
outputs are driven closed or off, and the staged heating
outputs are enabled for use. When in the HEAT mode, the PID

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

cooling control algorithm compares the current space
temperature to the EffectiveHeatSetPt, and calculates a PID
error signal. This error signal causes the heating stage
outputs to be cycled, as required, to drive the space
temperature back to the Setpoint. Fig. 50 illustrates the
relationship between PID error and staged output activity.
As the error signal increases, the space temperature gets
further away from the setpoint, or is remaining below the
setpoint as time elapses, additional stages of heating are
energized until, if PID error reaches 100 percent, all
configured stages are on.
The PID control algorithm used to control staged heating is
anticipator-driven, and is similar to the algorithm used in the
T7300 commercial thermostat. All staging events are subject
to a minimum interstage time delay, that is based on the
cycles per hour user setting (HeatCycHr). The minimum
interstage time delay ranges from 90 seconds (at 12 cycles
per hour) to eight minutes (at two cycles per hour). See Table
17. The user has the option to disable the minimum run timer
for heating (DisMinHtTimer). If the minimum run timer is
disabled, the interstage time delay is fixed at 20 seconds. The
cycling rate is separately selectable for heating and cooling
between two and 12 cycles per hour (cph).
Setpoints for the PID gains allow for unit-by-unit adjustment of
the control loop, if required; however, any change from the
default values should be minimal.
CASCADE CONTROL OF MODULATING COOLING/HEATING
The Excel 10 W7750 Controller supports modulating cooling
and heating valves. These valves can be controlled directly
from the space temperature (like the staged control) or, if the
CascCtrl flag is set, they are modulated to maintain the
discharge air temperature at its setpoint. The discharge air
setpoint is calculated based on the space temperature
deviation from the space setpoint. This is commonly called
cascade control. In the W7750 Controller, cascade control is
available for use with PWM (W7750B,C only) and Series 60
modulating heating and cooling, but not for use with staged
heating/cooling.
Setpoints for the PID gains and for the control band allow for
unit-by-unit adjustment of the control loops, if required;
however, any change from the default values should be
minimal. Also, the W7750 Controller uses an adaptive
algorithm (patent pending) to continuously assess the validity
of the calculated discharge setpoint, and adjust it, as needed,
to ensure precise, accurate control.
SERIES 60 MODULATING CONTROL
Series 60 Control is also commonly referred to as Floating
Control. The Excel 10 W7750A,B,C Controllers can drive
Series 60 type actuators to control a modulating cooling valve,
a heating valve, and economizer dampers. When floating
control is used, the full-stroke motor drive time of the actuator
must be entered into the configuration parameter CoolMtrSpd
(for cooling), HeatMtrSpd (for heating), or EconMtrSpd (for the
economizer dampers).
PULSE WIDTH MODULATING (PWM) CONTROL
The Excel 10 W7750B,C Controllers can drive a PWM-type
actuator to control a modulating cooling valve, a heating
valve, and economizer dampers. PWM control positions the

actuator based on the length, in seconds, of the pulse from
the digital output. The controller outputs a pulse whose length
consists of two parts, a minimum and a maximum. The
minimum pulse time represents the analog value of zero
percent (also indicates a signal presence) and the maximum
pulse length that represents an analog value of 100 percent. If
the analog value is greater than zero percent, an additional
time is added to the minimum pulse time. The length of time
added is directly proportional to the magnitude of the analog
value. If PWM control is used, the configuration parameters
for the PWM operation must be specified. These are
PwmPeriod, PwmZeroScale, and PwmFullScale. These three
parameters are shared by all configured PWM outputs; this
means the heating, cooling, and economizer actuators must
be configured to accept the same style of PWM signal.
Example: To find the pulse width of a valve actuator (for
example stroke mid position - 50 percent) with the
PwmZeroScale = 0.1 seconds, PwmFullScale = 25.5
seconds, and the PwmPeriod = 25.6 seconds. There are 256
increments available, so the number of increments required
for 50 percent would be (0.5 X 256) or 128. The time for each
increment for this industry standard pulse time is 0.1 seconds.
The pulse width is the minimum time (0.1 second) + the
number of increments (128 times the (0.1 second) plus 0. 1) =
12.9 seconds. The W7750B,C Controllers would command
the valve output on for 12.9 seconds for the PwmPeriod of
25.6 seconds to maintain the valve position at 50 percent.
OUTDOOR AIR LOCKOUT OF HEATING/COOLING
A mechanism is provided in the W7750 to disable the heating
equipment if the outdoor air temperature rises above the
OaTempHtLkOut setpoint. Similarly, the cooling equipment is
disabled if the outdoor air temperature falls below the
OaTempClLkOut setpoint. The algorithm supplies a fixed 2°F
(1.1°C) hysteresis with the lock-out control to prevent short
cycling of the equipment.
ECONOMIZER DAMPER CONTROL
A mixed-air economizer damper package can be controlled to
assist mechanical cooling in maintaining the discharge air at
setpoint. Therefore, if modulating economizer damper control
is desired, a discharge air temperature sensor is required. If
the outdoor air is not currently suitable for cooling use (see the
Economizer Enable/Disable Control section), the outdoor air
damper is held at the user-settable minimum position
(EconMinPos) for ventilation purposes.
Because the outdoor air can be used to supplement
mechanical cooling, the economizer operates as if it were the
first stage of cooling. So, if the outdoor air is suitable for
cooling use, the mechanical cooling (either staged or
modulating) is held off until the economizer has reached its
fully open position. Then, if the discharge temperature
continues to be above setpoint, the mechanical cooling is
allowed to come on. If the outdoor air is not suitable for
cooling use, the economizer is set to its minimum position,
and mechanical cooling is allowed to come on immediately.
When the controller is in the Heat mode, the economizer is
held at the minimum position setting (EconMinPos). The
minimum position setting is only used during Occupied mode
operation. When in Standby or Unoccupied modes, the
outdoor air dampers are allowed to fully close if there is no call
for cooling, or if the outside air is not suitable for cooling use.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

INDOOR AIR QUALITY (IAQ) OVERRIDE
The Excel 10 W7750 Controller supports an IAQ override
feature that upon detection of poor air quality in the space,
allows the economizer dampers to be opened above the
standard minimum position setting to a value set in
EconIAQPos. Two different methods of detecting poor air
quality are supported, The first is by using an IAQ switch
device connected to a digital input on the W7750 Controller,
where a contact closure indicates poor air quality and initiates
the IAQ override mode. The second, which is only available
on the W7750B,C is through an analog input that connects to
a CO2 Sensor (0 to 10V). The measured value of CO2 from
this sensor (0 to 2000 ppm) is compared to the setpoint
IAQSetpt. When the CO2 level is higher than the setpoint (800
PPM), the IAQ override is initiated. The IAQSetpt hysteresis is
50 PPM, IAQ override is deactivated at a CO2 level less than
750 PPM.

6.
7.

When the W7750 Controller is in the COOL mode during an
IAQ override, it is possible for the heating outputs to be
activated. This can occur if the outdoor air temperature is cold
enough to cause the discharge air temperature to drop below
the DaTempLoLim setpoint when the dampers open to the
EconIAQPos position, and the IaqUseHeat flag is set. If this
situation occurs, the heating is controlled to maintain the
discharge air temperature at 1°F (0.65°C) above the
DaTempLoLim setpoint.
FREEZE STAT
Upon receiving a contact closure, the W7750 control
algorithm will close the outdoor air damper and open the hot
water and chilled water valves (if available) to the full open
position as a safety precaution. If manual-reset operation is
desired, the Freeze Stat device must provide the physical
pushbutton, which the operator presses, to reset the system
after a freeze condition has occurred.
DISCHARGE AIR LOW LIMIT CONTROL
If the discharge air temperature falls below the user-settable
discharge air low limit setpoint (DaTempLoLim), an alarm is
issued, and the outdoor air damper is driven below the
minimum position setting until the discharge temperature is up
to the low limit. If necessary, the damper can go completely
closed even during Occupied mode operation. As the
discharge temperature warms up, the economizer modulates
open until the minimum position setting is reached. At this
point, the low limit alarm is cleared.
ECONOMIZER ENABLE/DISABLE CONTROL
The W7750 Controller has inputs to determine if the outdoor
air is suitable to augment cooling. The economizer dampers
can be enabled/disabled for using outdoor air as the first
stage of cooling based on one of ten allowable strategies:
1. Digital Input Enable/Disable—contact closure enables
economizer.
2. Outdoor Temperature—when the outdoor temperature
is less than OaEconEnTemp, then the outdoor air is
suitable to augment cooling.
3. Outdoor Enthalpy, Type A—when the outdoor
enthalpy meets the H205 type A requirements, the
outdoor air is suitable to augment cooling.
4. Outdoor Enthalpy, Type B—when the outdoor
enthalpy meets the H205 type B requirements, the
outdoor air is suitable to augment cooling.
5. Outdoor Enthalpy, Type C—when the outdoor
enthalpy meets the H205 type C requirements, the
outdoor air is suitable to augment cooling.

74-2958—1

Outdoor Enthalpy, Type D—when the outdoor
enthalpy meets the H205 type D requirements, the
outdoor air is suitable to augment cooling.
Differential Temperature—the difference between
outdoor temperature and return air temperature is
compared to DiffEconEnTemp to determine whether
outdoor air or return air is more suitable for use to
augment mechanical cooling.
Single Calculated Enthalpy—the calculated outdoor
enthalpy in btu/lb is compared to the enthalpy setpoint
(OaEnthEn) in btu/lb, and the outdoor temperature is
compared to the outdoor temperature limit setpoint
(OaEconEnTemp) for a high limit. The compared
difference determines whether outdoor air is suitable for
use to augment mechanical cooling.
Differential Enthalpy, Either Sensed or Calculated—
the difference between outdoor enthalpy and return air
enthalpy determines whether outdoor air or return air is
more suitable to augment mechanical cooling. When
enthalpy sensors are configured, they are used for
comparing enthalpy. If no enthalpy sensors are
available, then enthalpy is calculated using outdoor and
return air humidity and temperature sensors. The
switching differential is fixed at 1.0 mA for enthalpy
sensors, and 0.25 btu/lb for calculated enthalpy.
NOTE: If no return temperature sensor is configured,
space temperature is used to calculate return
air enthalpy.

10.

Network Enabled—the network input DestEconEnable
controls the enabling and disabling of the economizer.
When using the network input, select Econo Enable
Type: No Economizer in E-Vision. The network input
has priority over the other nine economizer control
selections.

Appendix C. Complete List of Excel 10
W7750 Controller User Addresses.
See Table 18 for W7750 Controller User Address table
numbers and point types.
The User Address Index following Table 18 lists the User
Addresses alphabetically and gives the page number where
the Address is located in each Table Number/Point Type.
After Table 18 there is an alphabetical list of Mappable User
Addresses and Table Numbers. Following this is an
alphabetical list of Failure Detect User Addresses and Table
Numbers.
Table 18. Excel 10 W7750 Controller User
Address Point Types.
Table Number

Point Types

Table 20

Input/Output

Table 21

Control Parameters

Table 22

Energy Management Points

Table 23

Status Points

Table 24

Calibration Points

Table 25

Configuration Parameters

Table 26

LONMARK/Open System Points

Table 27

Direct Access and Special Manual Points

Table 28

Data Share Points

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

User Address Indexes (all in alphabetical order)

OaEconEnTemp 75
OaEnthEn 76
OaTempClLkOut 74
OaTempHtLkOut 73
OaTempMaxClRp 75
OaTempMinClRp 75
OaTempMaxHtRp 74
OaTempMinHtRp 74
PwmFullScale 76
PwmPeriod 76
PwmZeroScale 76
StptKnobHiLim 76
StptKnobLowLim 76

Table 20. Input Output Points.
Address
Page
CO2Sensr 71
CORMode 67
DaTempSensr 70
EconEnSw 72
FltrPressSensr 70
FltrPressSensr 70
IaqOvrSw 72
Model 72
ModelSw 73
MonitorSensr 71
MonitorSw 73
OaEnthSensr 70
OaHumSensr 70
OaTempSensr 70
OccSensr 72
OvrdSw 72
RaEnthSensr 70
RaHumSensr 70
RaTempSensr 70
RmTempSensr 70
RmtStptPot 70
SmokeMonSw 72
StatusAirFlow 72
StatusDO1 71
StatusDO2 71
StatusDO3 71
StatusDO4 71
StatusDO5 71
StatusDO6 71
StatusDO7 71
StatusDO8 71
StatusDI1 71
StatusDI2 71
StatusDI3 72
StatusDI4 72
TimeClkSw 72
WindowSw 73

Table 22. Energy Management Points.
Address
Page
DestBypass 78
DestDlcShed 78
DestFree1 79
DestFree2 79
DestTimeClk 80
DestWSHPEnable 79
DestSchedOcc 78
SrcBypCt 78
SrcBypass 78
SrcTimeClk 80
SrcTimeClkCt 80
TodEventNext 78
Tuncos 78
Table 23. Status Points.
Address
Page
AlarmLog1 83
BypTimer 88
CO2Sens 89
CoolPos 90
CoolStgsOn 86
DaSetpt 89
DaTemp 89
DlcShed 86
EconPos 90
FilterPress 89
Free1Stat 86
Free2Stat 86
HeatPos 90
HeatStgsOn 86
MonitorSens 90
MonitorSw 87
NetConfig 93
OaEnth 89
OaEnthCalc 85
OaHum 89
OaTemp 89
OccStatOut 86
RaEnth 89
RaEnthCalc 85
RaHum 89
RaTemp 89
RmTemp 88
RmTempActSpt 88
SaFan 86
SaFanStatus 85
ShutDown 87
SrcEmerg 81
SrcTimeClk 80
StatFreezeStat 87
StatusAlmTyp 81

Table 21. Control Parameters.
Address
Page
BypTime 76
DaTempClCtrlBd 77
DaTempEcCtrlBd 77
DaTempHiLim 73
DaTempHtCtrlBd 77
DaTempLoLim 73
DiffEconEnTemp 75
DlcBumpTemp 73
EconIAQPos 76
EconMinPos 76
FltrPressStPt 76
GainCoolDer 77
GainCoolInt 77
GainCoolProp 77
GainHeatDer 77
GainHeatInt 77
GainHeatProp 77
IAQSetpt 76
MaxClRamp 75
MinClRamp 75
MaxHtRamp 74
MinHtRamp 74
63

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

StatusEconEn 85
StatusEconOut 86
StatusError 90
StatusFilter 87
StatusIaqOvr 87
StatusManOcc 85
StatusMode 84
StatusOcc 84
StatusOcySen 85
StatusOvrd 84
StatusSched 84
StatusSmoke 87
StatusWndw 87
TimeClckOcc 84
WSHPEnable 88

HeatUnoccSpt 98
SrcEconEnable 105
SrcEconEnCt 105
SrcOaHum 100
SrcOaTemp 100
SrcOccSensor 103
SrcRmTemp 100
SrcRmTempActSpt 99
SrcUnitStatus 101
SrcWndw 104
SrcWndwCt 104
Table 27. Direct Access and Special Manual Points.
Address
Page
DestManMode 106
TestAuxEcon 107
TestAuxHt1 107
TestAuxHt2 107
TestAuxHt3 107
TestAuxHt4 107
TestEconPos 106
TestFree1 107
TestFree2 107
TestHCPos 106
TestHtClMode 107
TestHtClStg1 107
TestHtClStg2 107
TestHtClStg3 107
TestHtClStg4 107
TestMode 106
TestOccStat 107
TestSaFan 107

Table 24. Calibration Points.
Page 93
Table 25. Configuration Parameters.
Address
Page
CascCntrl 96
CoolCycHr 94
CoolMtrSpd 95
DisMinClTime 96
DisMinHtTime 96
EconMode 94
EconMtrSpd 95
FanFailTime 95
FanMode 94
FanOnHtMode 95
FanRunOnCool 94
FanRunOnHeat 94
HeatCycHr 94
HeatMtrSpd 95
IaqUseHeat 96
OvrdPriority 97
OvrdType 97
RmTempCal 95
SetPtKnob 97
SmkCtlMode 94
TempOffstCal1 95
TempOffstCal2 95
UseRaTempCtl 96
UseWallModStpt 97
VoltOffstCal1 95
VoltOffstCal2 95

Table 28. Data Share Points.
Address
Page
DestIaqOvrd 108
DestOaEnth 108
SrcIaqOvr 108
SrcIaqOvrCt 108
SrcMonSw 108
SrcMonSwCt 108
SrcOaEnth 108

Mappable User Addresses and Table Number
User Address Table Number
BypTime 21
BypTimer 23
CascCntrl 25
CO2Sen 23
CoolCycHr 25
CoolMtrSpd 25
CoolOccSpt 26
CoolPos 23
CoolStbySpt 26
CoolStgsOn 23
CoolUnoccSpt 26
DaSetpt 23
DaTemp 23
DaTempClCtrlBd 21
DaTempEcCtrlBd 21
DaTempHiLim 21
DaTempHtCtrlBd 21
DaTempLoLim 21
DestDlcShed 22
DestEmergCmd 26
DestHvacMode 26
DestManMode 27
DestSchedOcc 22

Table 26. LONMARK/Open System Points.
Address
Page
CoolOccSpt 98
CoolUnoccSpt 98
CoolStbySpt 98
DestEconEnable 104
DestEmergCmd 101
DestHvacMode 99
DestManOcc 99
DestOaHum 100
DestOaTemp 100
DestOccSensor 103
DestRmTemp 100
DestRmTempSpt 99
DestSptOffset 99
DestWndw 104
HeatOccSpt 98
HeatStbySpt 98

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

DiffEconEnTemp 21
DisMinHtTime 25
DisMinClTime 25
DlcBumpTemp 21
EconIAQPos 21
EconMinPos 21
EconMtrSpd 25
EconPos 23
EconMode 25
FanFailTime 25
FanMode 25
FanOnHtMode 25
FanRunOnCool 25
FanRunOnHeat 25
FilterPress 23
FltrPressStPt 21
Free1Stat 23
Free2Stat 23
GainCoolDer 21
GainCoolInt 21
GainCoolProp 21
GainHeatDer 21
GainHeatInt 21
GainHeatProp 21
HeatCycHr 25
HeatMtrSpd 25
HeatOccSpt 26
HeatPos 23
HeatStbySpt 26
HeatStgsOn 23
HeatUnoccSpt 26
IAQSetpt 21
IaqUseHeat 25
MaxClRamp 21
MinClRamp 21
MaxHtRamp 21
MinHtRamp 21
MonitorSens 23
MonitorSw 23
OaEconEnTemp 21
OaEnth 23
OaEnthCalc 23
OaEnthEn 21
OaHum 23
OaTemp 23
OaTempClLkOut 21
OaTempHtLkOut 21
OaTempMaxClRp 21
OaTempMinClRp 21
OaTempMaxHtRp 21
OaTempMinHtRp 21
OccStatOut 23
OvrdPriority 25
OvrdType 25
PwmFullScale 21
PwmPeriod 21
PwmZeroScale 21
RaEnth 23

RaEnthCalc 23
RaHum 23
RaTemp 23
RmTempActSpt 23
RmTempCal 25
RmtStptPot 20
SaFan 23
SaFanStatus 23
SetPtKnob 25
ShutDown 23
SmkCtlMode 25
StatFreezeStat 23
StatusAlmTyp 23
StatusEconEn 23
StatusEconOut 23
StatusFilter 23
StatusIaqOvr 23
StatusManOcc 23
StatusMode 23
StatusOcc 23
StatusOcySen 23
StatusOvrd 23
StatusSched 23
StatusSmoke 23
StatusWndw 23
StptKnobHiLim 21
StptKnobLowLim 21
TimeClckOcc 23
UseRaTempCtl 25
UseWallModStpt 25
WSHPEnable 23

Failure Detect User Addresses and Table Number
User Address Table Number
DestBypass 22
DestDlcShed 22
DestEconEnable 26
DestFree1 22
DestFree2 22
DestHvacMode 26
DestIaqOvrd 28
DestOaEnth 28
DestOaHum 26
DestOaTemp 26
DestOccSensor 26
DestRmTemp 26
DestSchedOcc 22
DestSptOffset 26
DestTimeClk 22
DestWndw 26
DestWSHPEnable 22
Table 19 lists the applicable Engineering Units for the analog
points found in the W7750.
Table 19. Engineering Units For Analog Points.
English Units (Inch-Pound)

Measured Item

Description

Abbreviation

Standard International Units (SI)
Description

Abbreviation

Temperature

Degrees Fahrenheit

Degrees Celsius

Relative Temperature

Delta Degrees Fahrenheit

DDF

Degrees Kelvin

Relative Humidity

Percent

Air Flow

Cubic Feet per Minute

CFM

Meters Cubed per Hour

m3h

CO2 Concentration

Parts Per Million

PPM

Parts Per Million

PPM

Enthalpy

British Thermal Units per Pound of Air

btu/lb

kiloJoules/kilogram

kj/kg

Differential Pressure

Inches of Water Column

inw

kiloPascal

kPa

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

All of the NvName values that are stored in EEPROM memory
have a prefix of nci.
NOTE: These parameters are stored in EEPROM and are
limited to 10,000 writes. Do NOT use them as
outputs from Control Strategies,Time Programs, or
Switching Tables. If these points are changed more
than 10,000 times, irreversible hardware failure
results

Hardware
Config.—

Manual
Config.—

Tables 20 through 28 provide point attributes as follows:
Engineering
Units—
This field indicates the point valid range and
displayed Engineering Unit. For digital points,
the valid states and the corresponding
enumerated values are shown.
Default—
The value or state of the point on controller
start-up.
E-Vision
(M) Monitor— These points are viewable within the E-Vision
Controller Monitoring on-line screen.
(P) Parameter—These points refer to control parameters
settable in the Application Selection dialog
boxes in E-Vision.
(S) Schematic—These points appear in E-Vision monitor
mode graphics.
Shareable— These points can be set up for data sharing in
Command Multiple Points, Read Multiple
Points, or Refer Excel 10 Points as either a
data source or a destination.
Mappable— These points can be converted into a C-Bus
point used by C-Bus devices. A mappable point
has a one-to-one relationship with a C-Bus
User Address.
Direct
Access—
These points are accessible through the
Subsystem Points mechanism in XBS.

74-2958—1

Test—

These are points that involve controller I/O
configuration. Any change to Hardware Config.
points causes the W7750 to perform an
application reset; therefore, these points can
only be modified off-line.
These points are used to set the controller
outputs when in manual mode. The W7750 is
placed in manual mode through a menu
selection in the E-Vision Controller Monitor
screen.
These points can be controlled in E-Visions test
mode that is used for field checkout/ debuging.

Failure Detect
Input Point— These points need an update periodically or a
communication alarm is generated. The failure
detect mechanism is only active when the NV is
bound (bindings are configured using Refer
Excel 10 points). The time between the updates
is user settable.
Non-Failure Detect
Input Point— These points (which are NVs that are bound or
unbound) do not check for an update
periodically and do not generate an alarm.
NOTES:
1. Mapped points can be viewed and changed, if
needed, on the XI581, XI582 and XI584 C-Bus
devices and on an XBS central and on E-Vision.
2. All Excel 10 points, mappable and calibration,
configuration and internal data sharing points, can
be viewed and changed, as allowed, via Direct
Access (DA) mode in the XBS subsystem menu
or via XI584.

Table 20. Input/Output Points.

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default
COR_ON_COOL

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

CORMode

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

COR_ON_HEAT
COR_ON_COOL

0
1

CorOnMode specifies the mode when the Change Over Relay (COR) is
energized.

nciIoSelect

ResistiveIn[0]

DISCHARGE_TEMP_PT3000
OUTDOOR_TEMP_PT3000
RETURN_TEMP_PT3000
DISCHARGE_TEMP_20KNTC
RETURN_TEMP_20KNTC
UNUSED_RAI

0
UNUSED_RAI
1
2
3
4
255

ResistiveIn[0] specifies which logical sensor is assigned to each physical
analog input sensor channel according to the enumerated list that is shown
in the Engineering Units/States column. ResistiveIn[0] is the only input
available in the W7750A controller.

nciIoSelect

ResistiveIn[1]

DISCHARGE_TEMP_PT3000
OUTDOOR_TEMP_PT3000
RETURN_TEMP_PT3000
DISCHARGE_TEMP_20KNTC
RETURN_TEMP_20KNTC
UNUSED_RAI

0
UNUSED_RAI
1
2
3
4
255

ResistiveIn[1] specifies which logical sensor is assigned to each physical
analog input sensor channel according to the enumerated list that is shown
in the Engineering Units/States column. ResistiveIn[0] is the only input
available in the W7750A controller.

nciIoSelect

VoltageIn[0]

RTN_HUM_C7600C
RETURN_ENTHALPY
OD_HUM_C7600C
OUTDOOR_ENTHALPY
FILTER_STATIC_PRESS_DIFF
SPACE_CO2
MONITOR_SENSOR1
RTN_HUM_C7600B
OD_HUM_C7600B
UNUSED_VAI

UNUSED_VAI
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
255

VoltageIn[0] specifies which logical sensor is assigned to each physical
analog input sensor channel according to the enumerated list that is shown
in the Engineering Units/States column. (Voltage inputs are not available in
the W7750A controller.)

nciIoSelect

VoltageIn[1]

RTN_HUM_C7600C
RETURN_ENTHALPY
OD_HUM_C7600C
OUTDOOR_ENTHALPY
FILTER_STATIC_PRESS_DIFF
SPACE_CO2
MONITOR_SENSOR1
RTN_HUM_C7600B
OD_HUM_C7600B
UNUSED_VAI

UNUSED_VAI
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
255

VoltageIn[1] specifies which logical sensor is assigned to each physical
analog input sensor channel according to the enumerated list that is shown
in the Engineering Units/States column. (Voltage inputs are not available in
the W7750A controller.)

nciIoSelect

DigitalIn[0]

OCC_SENSOR
OCC_TIME_CLOCK
PROOF_AIR_FLOW
ECON_ENABLE
IAQ_OVERRIDE
SMOKE_MONITOR
DIRTY_FILTER
SHUT_DOWN
WINDOW_OPEN
MONITOR
SCHED_MASTER
UNUSED_DI

2
OCC_TIME_CLOCK_IN
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
255

DigitalIn[0] specifies which logical switch type is connected to the flexible
digital input switch channel according to the enumerated list that is shown in
the Engineering Units/States column. DigitalIn[0] and DigitalIn[1] are the
only inputs available in the W7750A controller. The controller is configured
at the factory with this user address configured to OCC_TIME_CLOCK_IN.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

CorOnMode

nciIoSelect

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

nciIoSelect

DigitalIn[1]

OCC_SENSOR
OCC_TIME_CLOCK
PROOF_AIR_FLOW
ECON_ENABLE
IAQ_OVERRIDE
SMOKE_MONITOR
DIRTY_FILTER
SHUT_DOWN
WINDOW_OPEN
MONITORS
CHED_MASTER
UNUSED_DI

2
SHCED_MASTER_IN
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
255

DigitalIn[1] specifies which logical switch type is connected to the flexible
digital input switch channel according to the enumerated list that is shown in
the Engineering Units/States column. DigitalIn[0] and DigitalIn[1] are the
only inputs available in the W7750A controller. The controller is configured
at the factory with this user address configured to SCHED_MASTER_IN.

nciIoSelect

DigitalIn[2]

OCC_SENSOR
OCC_TIME_CLOCK
PROOF_AIR_FLOW
ECON_ENABLE
IAQ_OVERRIDE
SMOKE_MONITOR
DIRTY_FILTER
SHUT_DOWN
WINDOW_OPEN
MONITOR
SCHED_MASTER
UNUSED_DI

2
UNUSED_DI
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
255

DigitalIn[2] specifies which logical switch type is connected to the flexible
digital input switch channel according to the enumerated list that is shown in
the Engineering Units/States column. DigitalIn[0] and DigitalIn[1] are the
only inputs available in the W7750A controller.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 20. Input/Output Points. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

COOL_STAGE_1
COOL_STAGE_2
COOL_STAGE_3
COOL_STAGE_4
HEAT_STAGE_1
HEAT_STAGE_2
HEAT_STAGE_3
HEAT_STAGE_4
CHANGE_OVER_RELAY
FAN_OUT
AUX_ECON
OCCUPANCY_STATUS
ECON_OPEN
ECON_CLOSE
COOL_OPEN
COOL_CLOSE
HEAT_OPEN
HEAT_CLOSE
HEAT_COOL_STAGE_1
HEAT_COOL_STAGE_2
HEAT_COOL_STAGE_3
HEAT_COOL_STAGE_4
FREE1
FREE2
FREE1_PULSE_ON
FREE1_PULSE_OFF
ECON_PWM
HEAT_PWM
COOL_PWM
UNUSED

1
NETWORK DO(FREE1)
2
(Value of State is 25)
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
255

DigitalOut[0] specifies which logical digital output function is assigned to the
digital physical output according to the enumerated list that is shown in the
Engineering Units/States column. The W7750 Controllers are configured at
the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column. Only
DigitalOut[0] through DigitalOut[5] are available in the W7750A model
which can configure staged outputs. The W7750A Controller can drive
Series 60 Floating Control to modulate cooling valves, heating valves and
economizers. (No PWM outputs are allowed in the W7750A model.) The
controller is configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the
Default column. The eight outputs on the W7750B are all digital outputs.
The eight outputs on the W7750C consist of five digital and three analog
outputs.

nciIoSelect

DigitalOut[1]

See DigitalOut[0] enumerated
values

1-31 FAN_OUT
,255 (Value of State is 10)

See DigitalOut[0] for enumerated names. The W7750 Controllers are
configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column.

nciIoSelect

DigitalOut[2]

See DigitalOut[0] enumerated
values

1-31 COOL_STAGE_2
,255 (Value of State is 2)

See DigitalOut[0] for enumerated names. The W7750 Controllers are
configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column.

nciIoSelect

DigitalOut[3]

See DigitalOut[0] enumerated
values

1-31 HEAT_STAGE_1
,255 (Value of State is 1)

See DigitalOut[0] for enumerated names. The W7750 Controllers are
configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column.

nciIoSelect

DigitalOut[4]

See DigitalOut[0] enumerated
values

1-31 HEAT_STAGE_2
,255 (Value of State is 3)

See DigitalOut[0] for enumerated names. The W7750 Controllers are
configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column.

nciIoSelect

DigitalOut[5]

See DigitalOut[0] enumerated
values

1-31 HEAT_STAGE_1
,255 (Value of State is 5)

See DigitalOut[0] for enumerated names. The W7750 Controllers are
configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column.

nciIoSelect

DigitalOut[6]

See DigitalOut[0] enumerated
values

1-31 UNUSED
,255 (Value of State is 255)

See DigitalOut[0] for enumerated names. The W7750 Controllers are
configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column.

nciIoSelect

DigitalOut[7]

See DigitalOut[0] enumerated
values

1-31 UNUSED
,255 (Value of State is 255)

See DigitalOut[0] for enumerated names. The W7750 Controllers are
configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column.

nciIoSelect

HtPump

CONV
HP

0
1

74-2958—1

CONV

HtPump specifies the type of equipment being controlled. When HtPump is
0 (CONV), the node is controlling conventional gas or electric heat. When
HtPump is 1 (HP), the node is controlling a heat pump.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

DigitalOut[0]

nciIoSelect

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Comments

nciIoSelect

FiftySixtyHz

SIXTYFIFTY

SIXTY

nciIoSelect

SpaceSensorType

T7770

RmtStptPot

nvoIO

siSetPointTempS7

Degrees F
-9 to 85
Degrees C
(-23 to 29)

SI_INVALID

M,
S

RmTempSensr

nvoIO

siSpaceTempS7

Degrees F
40 to 100
Degrees C
(4 to 38)

SI_INVALID

M,
S

DaTempSensr

nvoIO

siDischargeTempS7

Degrees F
30 to 122

Degrees C
(-1 to 50)

SI_INVALID

DischargeTemp is the measured discharge air temperature. If the sensor is
not configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID. Refer to the note on
SpaceTemp.

RaTempSensr

nvoIO

siReturnTempS7

Degrees F
30 to 122

Degrees C
(-1 to 50)

SI_INVALID

ReturnTemp is the measured return air temperature. If the sensor is not
configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID. Refer to the note on
SpaceTemp.

RaHumSensr

nvoIO

ReturnHumidity

Percentage
10 to 90

SI_INVALID

ReturnHumidity is the measured return air humidity. If the sensor is not
configured or has failed, the value is UB_INVALID.NOTE: The reported
temperatures includes the offset correction provided by
Config.VoltageOffsetCal.

RaEnthSensr

nvoIO

siReturnEnthalpyS7

mA
4 to 20

SI_INVALID

ReturnEnthalpy is the measured return air enthalpy. If the sensor is not
configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID. Since the C7400 reports
comfort due to enthalpy (btu/lb) in milliamps, enthalpy is also reported in
milliamps. Refer to the NOTE on ReturnHumidity.

OaTempSensr

nvoIO

siOutdoorTempS7

Degrees F
-40 to 122

OaHumSensr

nvoIO

OutdoorHumidity

Percentage
10 to 90

OaEnthSensr

nvoIO

FltrPressSensr

nvoIO

FiftySixtyHz specifies the frequency of the main power input for the
controller. Correctly selecting the FiftySixtyHz decreases the noise picked
up by analog switch wiring from the power mains. When FiftySixtyHz is 0
(SIXTY is the default), the mains frequency is sixty Hz and when
FiftySixtyHz is 1 (FIFTY), the mains frequency is fifty Hz.
X

X X

SpaceSensorType specifies the type of space temperature sensor
connected to the node. When SpaceSensorType is 0, a T7770 sensor is
connected to the sensor terminals. No other options are currently valid.
X

SetPointTemp is the wall module setpoint temperature. When
nciConfig.SetPointTemp is ABSOLUTE_COOL or ABSOLUTE_MIDDLE,
the reported value is the absolute setpoint temperature. When
Config.SetPntKnob is OFFSET, the reported value is the offset (from the
current active TempSetPts) temperature. If the input is not configured or
has failed, the value is SI_INVALID.
SpaceTemp is the measured space temperature. If the sensor is not
configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID.NOTE: The reported
temperatures includes the offset correction provided by
Config.ResistiveOffsetCal.

SI_INVALID

M,
S

OutdoorTemp is the measured outdoor air temperature. If the sensor is not
configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID. Refer to the NOTE on
ReturnHumidity.

SI_INVALID

M,
S

OutdoorHumidity is the measured outdoor air humidity. If the sensor is not
configured or has failed, the value is UB_INVALID. Refer to the NOTE on
ReturnHumidity.

siOutdoorEnthalpyS7 mA
4 to 20

SI_INVALID

M,
S

OutdoorEnthalpy is the measured outdoor air enthalpy. If the sensor is not
configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID. Since the C7400 reports
comfort due to enthalpy (btu/lb) in milliamps, enthalpy is also reported in
milliamps. Refer to the NOTE on ReturnHumidity.

siFilterPressureS10

SI_INVALID

inw (kPa)
0 to 5 (0 to 1.25)

Degrees C
(-40 to 50)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

FilterPressure is the measured differential pressure across the return air
filter. If the sensor is not configured or has failed, the value is the
SI_INVALID. Refer to the NOTE on ReturnHumidity.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 20. Input/Output Points. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

siSpaceCo2S0

PPM
150 to 2000

SI_INVALID

SpaceCo2 is the measured CO2 in the conditioned air space. If the sensor
is not configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID. Refer to the NOTE
on ReturnHumidity.

MonitorSensr

nvoIO

siMonitorS10

volts
1 to 10

SI_INVALID

Monitor is the voltage applied at the monitor inputs terminals. If the sensor
is not configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID. Refer to the NOTE
on ReturnHumidity.

StatusDO1

nvoIO

ubOut
Byte Offset = 24
Bit Offset =
0(DigitalOut1)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DigitalOut1 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1
(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

StatusDO2

nvoIO

ubOut
Byte Offset = 24
Bit Offset =
1(DigitalOut2)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DigitalOut2 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1
(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

StatusDO3

nvoIO

ubOut
Byte Offset = 24
Bit Offset =
2(DigitalOut3)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DigitalOut3 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1
(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

StatusDO4

nvoIO

ubOut
Byte Offset = 24
Bit Offset =
3(DigitalOut4)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DigitalOut4 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1
(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

StatusDO5

nvoIO

ubOut
Byte Offset = 24
Bit Offset =
4(DigitalOut5)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DigitalOut5 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1
(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

StatusDO6

nvoIO

ubOut
Byte Offset = 24
Bit Offset =
5(DigitalOut6)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DigitalOut6 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1
(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

StatusDO7

nvoIO

ubOut
Byte Offset = 24
Bit Offset =
6(DigitalOut7)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DigitalOut7 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1
(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

StatusDO8

nvoIO

ubOut
Byte Offset = 24
Bit Offset =
7(DigitalOut8)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DigitalOut8 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1
(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

StatusDI1

nvoIO

ubDigitalIn
Byte Offset = 25
Bit Offset =
7(DigitalIn1)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DigitalIn1 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital input. If the input is
shorted to ground, the bit is a zero or FALSE. If the input is open, the bit is
one or TRUE.

StatusDI2

nvoIO

ubDigitalIn
Byte Offset = 25
Bit Offset =
6(DigitalIn2)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DigitalIn2 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital input. If the input is
shorted to ground, the bit is a zero or FALSE. If the input is open, the bit is
one or TRUE.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

nvoIO

CO2Sensr

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

StatusDI3

nvoIO

ubDigitalIn
Byte Offset = 25
Bit Offset =
5(DigitalIn3)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DigitalIn3 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital input. If the input is
shorted to ground, the bit is a zero or FALSE. If the input is open, the bit is
one or TRUE.

StatusDI4

nvoIO

ubDigitalIn
Byte Offset = 25
Bit Offset =
4(DigitalIn4)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DigitalIn4 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital input. If the input is
shorted to ground, the bit is a zero or FALSE. If the input is open, the bit is
one or TRUE.

Model

nvoIO

ubDigitalIn
Byte Offset = 25
Bit Offset = 3
(ExtenedModelIn)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

OvrdSw

nvoIO

OverRide

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

OccSensr

nvoIO

OccupancySensor

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

M,
S

OccupancySensor is the state of the digital input configured and wired to
the local occupancy sensor. 1 means that occupancy is being sensed (input
circuit shorted) and 0 means that no occupancy is being sensed (input
circuit open).

TimeClkSw

nvoIO

OccTimeClock

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

M,
S

OccTimeClock is the state of the digital input configured and wired to a time
clock. 1 (input shorted) means that the scheduled occupancy is
OC_OCCUPIED, and 0 (input open circuited) means that the scheduled
occupancy is OC_UNOCCUPIED.

StatusAirFlow

nvoIO

ProofAirFlow

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

EconEnSw

nvoIO

EconEnableIn

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

M,
S

EconEnableIn is the state of the digital input configured and wired to the
outdoor air sensor that determines the suitably of outdoor air for free
cooling. 1 (input shorted) means that the outdoor air is suitable for cooling,
and 0 (input open) means that the outdoor air in not suitable for cooling.

IaqOvrSw

nvoIO

IaqOverRide

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

M,
S

IaqOverRide is the state of the digital input configured and wired to the
indoor air quality sensor. 1 (input shorted) means that the indoor air quality
is poor, and 0 (input open) means that the indoor air quality is acceptable.
This input is used to cause the economizer to open to a predetermined
position when poor indoor air quality is detected.

SmokeMonSw

nvoIO

SmokeMonitor

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

M,
S

SmokeMonitor is the state of the digital input configured and wired to the
indoor smoke sensor. 1 (input shorted) means that smoke is detected, and
0 (input open) means that no smoke is detected.

DrtyFilterSw

nvoIO

DirtyFilter

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

M,
S

DirtyFilter is the state of the digital input configured and wired to the dirty
filter sensor. 1 (input shorted) means that filter is dirty, and 0 (input open)
means that the filter is not dirty.

ShutDownSw

nvoIO

ShutDown

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

ExtenedModelIn is a byte with a bit for every physical digital input. If the
input is shorted to ground, the bit is a zero or FALSE. If the input is open,
the bit is one or TRUE.
OverRide indicates the status of the wall module override pushbutton. It is 1
(TRUE) if the button is pressed, and is 0 (FALSE) if it isn't pressed.

ProofAirFlow is the state of the digital input configured and wired to the
proof of air flow switch. 1 (input shorted) means that air flow is detected and
0 (input open circuited) means that air flow is not detected.

ShutDown is the state of the digital input configured and wired to the shut
down switch. 1 (input shorted) means that equipment should be shut down,
and 0 (input open) means that the equipment should be running.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 20. Input/Output Points. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

WindowSw

nvoIO

WindowOpen

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

MonitorSw

nvoIO

MonSwitch

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

ModelSw

nvoIO

Model

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

nvoIO

SchedMaster

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

M,
S

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments
WindowOpen is the state of the digital input configured and wired to a
window open sensor switch. 1 (input open circuit) means that the window is
open, and 0 (input shorted) means that the window is closed.
MonSwitch is the state of the digital input configured and wired to a general
purpose monitor switch. 1 (input shorted) means that switch is closed, and
0 (input open) means that the switch is open.

Model indicates the Model of the node. One of the digital inputs is
connected to a printed wiring board trace to let the embedded software
know what kind of hardware is present. If Model is 1 (input held high), the
hardware is the W7750B Model. If Model is 0 (input shorted to ground), the
hardware is the W7750A Model.

If ScheduleMaster is 1 (input shorted), the node is the schedule master and
the locally connected time clock will be sent via TimeClk to other nodes on
the network. If ScheduleMaster is 0, (input open), the node is not a
schedule master and nvoTimeClk will not be sent on the network even if the
time clock input is configured. If the ScheduleMaster input is not configured
by Select, TimeClk reports the state of the locally connected time clock.

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

X X

When the discharge air temperature falls below
LowLimitDischAirTemp, the outdoor air dampers are closed to a
position that corrects the low temperature problem. If mechanical
cooling is active when the discharge air falls below
LowLimitDischAirTemp, the mechanical cooling cycles off after the
minimum run times are obeyed to allow the dampers to return open
and provide free cooling.

Degrees C
(18 to 57)

100

X X

When the mode is HEAT, and the CascadeControl is enabled, the
discharge air temperature is controlled to a value not to exceed
MaxDisAirTempHeat.

Degrees F
0 to +10

Degrees C
(-18 to -12)

X X

When DlcShed is not 0 then the setpoint is shifted by DlcBumpTemp
in the energy saving direction. When DlcShed changes from 1 to 0,
the setpoint shift ramps back to 0 over a 30 minute interval.

Degrees F
0 to 90

Degrees C
(-18 to 32)

X X

When the outdoor air temperature is greater than
OdHtLockOutTemp, the heating is disabled.

DaTempLoLim

nciAux1SetPt

siLowLimitDischAirTempS7 Degrees F
0 to 60
Degrees C
(-1 to 16)

DaTempHiLim

nciAux1SetPt

siMaxDisAirTempHeatS7

Degrees F
65 to 135

DlcBumpTemp

nciAux1SetPt

siDlcBumpTempS7

OaTempHtLkOut

nciAux1SetPt

ubOdHtLockOutTempS0

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

73
Table 21. Control Parameters.

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

nciAux1SetPt

ubMaxHtRampS0

Degrees F/Hr
0 to 20
Degrees C/Hr
(0 to 11)

X X

MaxHtRamp is the maximum heat recovery ramp rate in degrees F
per hour. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp
rate during the HEAT recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a
rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature
and the MinHtRamp, OdTempMaxHtRamp, and OaTempMinHtRamp
parameters. If there is no outdoor air temperature sensor available,
then ubMinHtRamp is used as the recovery rate.NOTE: Recovery
ramping applies between scheduled heating or cooling setpoint
changes from OC_UNOCCUPIED to OC_STANDBY,
OC_UNOCCUPIED to OC_OCCUPIED, and OC_STANDBY to
OC_OCCUPIED. Scheduled setpoint changes from OC_OCCUPIED
to OC_UNOCCUPIED or OC_OCCUPIED to OC_STANDBY do not
use a ramped setpoint but instead use a step change in setpoint.
Recovery ramps begin before the next scheduled occupancy time
and are ramped from the setpoint for the existing scheduled
occupancy state to the setpoint for the next occupancy state.

MinHtRamp

nciAux1SetPt

ubMinHtRampS0

Degrees F/Hr
0 to 20
Degrees C/Hr
(0 to 11)

X X

MinHtRamp is the minimum heat recovery ramp rate in degrees F
per hour. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp
rate during the HEAT recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a
rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature
and the MaxHtRamp, OdTempMaxHtRamp, and
OdTempMinHtRamp parameters. If there is no outdoor air
temperature sensor available, then MinHtRamp is used as the
recovery rate. Refer to the NOTE in the comments column for
MaxHtRamp for the conditions that recovery ramping applies to.

MaxHtRamp

OaTempMaxHtRp nciAux1SetPt

ubOdTempMaxHtRampS0 Degrees F
0 to 100
Degrees C
(-18 to 38)

X X

OdTempMaxHtRamp is the maximum outdoor air temperature
parameter that is used to calculate the heat recovery ramp rate
setpoint. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp
rate during the HEAT recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a
rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature
and the MaxHtRamp, MinHtRamp, and OdTempMinHtRamp
parameters. If there is no outdoor air temperature sensor available,
then MinHtRamp is used as the recovery rate. Refer to the NOTE in
the comments column for MaxHtRamp for what conditions that
recovery ramping applies to.

OaTempMinHtRp nciAux1SetPt

ubOdTempMinHtRampS0

Degrees F
0 to 100
Degrees C
(-18 to 38)

X X

OdTempMinHtRamp is the minimum outdoor air temperature
parameter that is used to calculate the heat recovery ramp rate
setpoint. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp
rate during the HEAT recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a
rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature
and the MaxHtRamp, MinHtRamp, and OdTempMaxHtRamp
parameters. If there is no outdoor air temperature sensor available,
then MinHtRamp is used as the recovery rate. Refer to the NOTE in
the comments column for MaxHtRamp for what conditions that
recovery ramping applies to.

OaTempClLkOut

ubOdClLockOutTempS0

Degrees F
0 to 90

X X

When the outdoor air temperature is less than OdClLockOutTemp,
the cooling is disabled.

nciAux1SetPt

Degrees C
(-18 to 32)

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 21. Control Parameters. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

MaxClRamp

nciAux1SetPt

ubMaxClRampS0

Degrees F/Hr
0 to 20
Degrees C/Hr
(0 to 11)

X X

MaxClRamp is the maximum cool recovery ramp rate in degrees F
per hour. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp
rate during the COOL recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a
rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature
and the MinClRamp, OdTempMaxClRamp, and OdTempMinClRamp
parameters. If there is no outdoor air temperature sensor available,
then MinClRamp is used as the recovery rate. Refer to the NOTE in
the comments column for MaxHtRamp for the conditions that
recovery ramping applies to.

MinClRamp

nciAux1SetPt

ubMinClRampS0

Degrees F/Hr
0 to 20
Degrees C/Hr
(0 to 11)

X X

MinClRamp is the minimum cool recovery ramp rate in degrees F
per hour. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp
rate during the COOL recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a
rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature
and the MaxClRamp, OdTempMaxClRamp, and
OdTempMinClRamp parameters. If there is no outdoor air
temperature sensor available, then MinClRamp is used as the
recovery rate. Refer to the NOTE in the comments column for
MaxHtRamp for the conditions that recovery ramping applies to.

74-2958—1

ubOdTempMaxClRampS0 Degrees F
0 to 100
Degrees C
(-18 to 38)

X X

OdTempMaxClRamp is the maximum outdoor air temperature
parameter that is used to calculate the cool recovery ramp rate
setpoint. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp
rate during the COOL recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a
rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature
and the MaxClRamp, MinClRamp, and OdTempMinClRamp
parameters. If there is no outdoor air temperature sensor available,
then MinClRamp is used as the recovery rate. Refer to the NOTE in
the comments column for MaxHtRamp for the conditions that
recovery ramping applies to.

OaTempMinClRp nciAux1SetPt

ubOdTempMinClRampS0

Degrees F
0 to 100
Degrees C
(-18 to 38)

X X

OdTempMinClRamp is the minimum outdoor air temperature
parameter that is used to calculate the cool recovery ramp rate
setpoint. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp
rate during the COOL recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a
rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature
and the MaxClRamp, MinClRamp, and OdTempMaxClRamp
parameters. If there is no outdoor air temperature sensor available,
then MinClRamp is used as the recovery rate. Refer to the NOTE in
the comments column for MaxHtRamp for the conditions that
recovery ramping applies to.

OaEconEnTemp

nciAux1SetPt

ubOdEconEnableTempS0 Degrees F
0 to 90
Degrees C
(-18 to 32)

X X

If Config.EconEnable is OD_TEMP, and the outdoor temperature is
less than OdEconEnableTemp, then outdoor air is judged suitable to
augment mechanical cooling. If Config.EconEnable is
SINGLE_ENTH and outdoor temperate is less than
ubOdEconEnableTemp (high limit), then outdoor air may be judged
suitable to augment mechanical cooling depending on the
relationship between calculated outdoor enthalpy and
OdEnthalpyEnable.

DiffEconEnTemp

nciAux1SetPt

ubDiffEconEnableTempS0 Degrees F
0 to 90

X X

If Config.EconEnable is DIFF_TEMP, and return air temperature
minus outdoor air temperature is greater than DiffEconEnableTemp,
then outdoor air is judged suitable to augment mechanical cooling.

Degrees C
(-18 to 32)

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

OaTempMaxClRp nciAux1SetPt

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

nciAux1SetPt

ubOdEnthalpyEnableS2

btu/lb
0 to 65

X X

If Config.EconEnable is SINGLE_ENTH, and calculated outdoor
enthalpy is less than OdEnthalpyEnable, and outdoor temperature is
less than OdEconEnableTemp, then outdoor air is judged suitable to
augment mechanical cooling.

EconMinPos

nciAux1SetPt

ubEconMinPosS0

Percentage
0 to 100

X X

The minimum allowed position of the economizer damper for HEAT
and COOL is EconMinPos.

EconIAQPos

nciAux1SetPt

ubEconIaqPosS0

Percentage
0 to 100

X X

The control overrides the economizer damper to EconIaqPos when
poor indoor air quality is detected.

IAQSetpt

nciAux1SetPt

siCO2IaqLimitS0

PPM
0 to 2000

800

X X

When an analog CO2 sensor is configured and the sensed CO2 is
greater than CO2IaqLimit, then poor indoor air quality is detected
and Data1.OverRide is set to 1. When the sensed CO2 is less than
CO2IaqLimit, then the indoor air quality is considered acceptable
and Data1.IaqOverRide is set to 0. oData1.IaqOverRide is used to
set the economizer damper to Aux1SetPt. EconIaqPos and to
possibly turn on the heat according to the state of
Config.IaqUseHeat.

PwmPeriod

nciAux1SetPt

siPwmPeriodS4

100

X X

When pulse width modulation is used, the period of one pulse width
modulation cycle is PwmPeriod seconds. The smallest resolution is
0.1 seconds.

PwmZeroScale

nciAux1SetPt

siPwm0pcntS4

Seconds
0 to 2047

X X

When pulse width modulation is used, the period of a pulse for zero
percent output (damper or valve at open position) is Pwm0pcntS4
seconds. The smallest resolution is 0.1 seconds.

PwmFullScale

nciAux1SetPt

siPwm100pcntS4

Seconds
0 to 2047

X X

When pulse width modulation is used, the period of a pulse for full
scale output (damper or valve at open position) is Pwm100pcnt
seconds. The smallest resolution is 0.1 seconds.

BypTime

nciAux2SetPt

uiBypassTime

minutes
0 to 1080

180

X X

uiBypassTime is the time between the pressing of the override
button at the wall module (or initiating OC_BYPASS via ManOcc)
and the return to the original occupancy state. When the bypass
state has been activated, the bypass timer is set to BypassTime.

FltrPressStPt

nciAux2SetPt

ubFilterPressStPtS5

inw (kPa)
0 to 5 (0 to 1.25)

0.5

X X

If a filter pressure sensor is configured by IoSelect and the filter
pressure reported in Data1 FilterPressure exceeds FilterPressStPt,
then a DIRTY_FILTER alarm is generated and Data1.DirtyFilter is
set to 1.

StptKnobLowLim nciAux2SetPt

siLowStPtS7

Degrees F
-9 to 90
Degrees C
(-23 to 32)

X X

LowStPt is the lowest value reported for the setpoint knob.
Dependent on the configuration of the setpoint knob (see
Config.SetPntKnob) this setting is either absolute [degree
Fahrenheit (50 to 90)] in case of absolute setpoint knob configuration
or relative [delta degree Fahrenheit (-9 to +9)] in case of relative
setpoint knob configuration.

StptKnobHiLim

siHighStPtS7

Degrees F
-9 to 90
Degrees C
(-23 to 32)

X X

HighStPt is the highest value reported for the setpoint knob.
Dependent on the configuration of the setpoint knob (see
Config.SetPntKnob) this setting is either absolute [degree
Fahrenheit (50 to 90)] in case of absolute setpoint knob configuration
or relative [delta degree Fahrenheit (-9 to +9)] in case of relative
setpoint knob configuration.

OaEnthEn

nciAux2SetPt

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 21. Control Parameters. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

ubKpCoolS2

Degrees F
2 to 30

Degrees C
(1 to 30)

X X

This is the throttling range for the proportional portion of the PID loop
gain for the cooling control loop.

GainHeatProp

nciAux2SetPt

ubKpHeatS2

Degrees F
2 to 30

Degrees C
(1 to 17)

X X

This is the throttling range for the proportional portion of the PID loop
gain for the heating control loop.

GainCoolInt

nciAux2SetPt

siKiCoolS0

Seconds
0 to 5000

2050

X X

This is the integral portion of the PID loop gain for the cooling control
loop.

GainHeatInt

nciAux2SetPt

siKiHeatS0

Seconds
0 to 5000

2050

X X

This is the integral portion of the PID loop gain for the heating control
loop.

GainCoolDer

nciAux2SetPt

siKdCoolS0

Seconds
0 to 9000

X X

This is the derivative portion of the PID loop gain for the cooling
control loop.

GainHeatDer

nciAux2SetPt

siKdHeatS0

Seconds
0 to 9000

X X

This is the derivative portion of the PID loop gain for the heating
control loop.

DaTempClCtrlBd

nciAux2SetPt

ubDisCbCoolS0

Degrees F
5 to 30

Degrees C
(3 to 17)

X X

DisCbCool is the throttling range used for the cooling portion of the
discharge air temperature cascade control loop.

DaTempHtCtrlBd

nciAux2SetPt

ubDisCbHeatS0

Degrees F
5 to 30

Degrees C
(3 to 17)

X X

DisCbHeat is the throttling range used for the heating portion of the
discharge air temperature cascade control loop.

DaTempEcCtrlBd nciAux2SetPt

ubDisCbEconS0

Degrees F
5 to 30

Degrees C
(3 to 17

X X

DisCbEcon is the throttling range used for the economizer control
loop.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

nciAux2SetPt

GainCoolProp

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range
0 to 1

Default

nviDlcShed

DestSchedOcc

nviTodEvent

CurrentState

OC_OCCUPIED
OC_UNOCCUPIED
OC_BYPASS
OC_STANDBY
OC_NUL

TodEventNext

nviTodEvent

NextState

OC_OCCUPIED
OC_UNOCCUPIED
OC_BYPASS
OC_STANDBY
OC_NUL

Tuncos

nviTodEvent

uiTimeToNextState minutes
0 to 2880

nviBypass

value

0 to 100

DestBypass

nviBypass

state

SW_OFF
SW_ON
SW_NUL

SrcBypCt

nvoBypass

value

0 to 100

SrcBypass

nvoBypass

state

SW_OFF
SW_ON
SW_NUL

DestDlcShed

Failure Detect
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

M X X X

X DlcShed is an input from an energy management system. When DlcShed is
0, the temperature control algorithm operates in a normal mode. When
DlcShed is non-zero, the setpoint is shifted by Aux1SetPt.DlcBumpTemp in
the energy saving direction.

0
OC_OCCUPIED
1
2
3
255

M X X X

X CurrentState indicates the current scheduled occupancy state to the node.
CurrentState is used along with other occupancy inputs to calculate the
effective occupancy of the node. The valid states and meaning are as
follows: OC_OCCUPIED means the energy management system is
specifying occupied. OC_UNOCCUPIED means the energy management
system is specifying that the space is presently unoccupied. OC_BYPASS
states that the energy management system is in bypass. OC_STANDBY
states that the energy management system has the space presently is
between occupied and unoccupied. OC_NUL states that no occupancy
state has been specified.

0
OC_OCCUPIED
1
2
3
255

NextState indicates the next scheduled occupancy state to the node. This
information is required by the Excel 10 to perform the optimum start
strategy. The space expected effective occupancy will be NextState in
uiTimeToNextState minutes. The valid states and meaning are the same as
for CurrentState.

TimeToNextState is the time in minutes until the next change of scheduled
occupancy state.

0
SW_NUL
1
255

Bypass.value:The bypass state of one node may be shared with the bypass
state of another node using nviBypass and nvoBypass. This allows a wall
module at one node to be used to over ride the scheduled occupancy of
another node. The node with Bypass bound normally does not have a wall
module. See the Data1.EffectOcc and Data1.OverRide for more details.
The valid states are as follows: If the state is SW_ON and the value is not
zero then the node should bypass the time of day schedule (subject to
occupancy arbitration logic). If the state is SW_NUL, the input is not
available because it is not bound, the input is no longer being updated by
the sender, or OC_BYPASS is no longer being called. This means that the
same as SW_OFF. If the state is SW_OFF or other and the value is don’t
care, the node should not bypass the time of day schedule. If the state is
SW_ON and the value is 0, then the node should not bypass the time of day
schedule. If the node receives this combination of state and value, then
state is set to SW_OFF.
M X

0
SW_NUL
1
255

X Refer to nviBypass.value.

nvoBypass.value:nvoBypass is the current occupancy state of the node for
bypass schedule. The states have the following meanings: If the state is
SW_OFF and the value is 0, then Data1.EffectOcc is not OC_BYPASS. If
the state is SW_ON and the value is 100 percent, then Data1.EffectOcc is
OC_BYPASS.
M X

Refer to nvoBypass.value.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

74-2958—1

Table 22. Energy Management Points.

Table 22. Energy Management Points. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range
0 to 100

DestFree1

nviFree1

state

SW_OFF
SW_ON
SW_NUL

nviFree2

value

0 to 100

DestFree2

nviFree2

state

SW_OFF
SW_ON
SW_NUL

nviWSHPEnable

value

0 to 100

DestWSHPEnable nviWSHPEnable

state

SW_OFF
SW_ON
SW_NUL

Default
0

0
SW_NUL
1
255

M X

X Refer to Free1.value.

M X

X Refer to Free2.value.

0
0
SW_NUL
1
255
0

0
SW_NUL
1
255

Comments
Free1.value network variable controls the spare or Free digital output for
auxiliary functions. nviFree1 controls the FREE1_OUT,
FREE1_OUT_PULSE_ON, and FREE1_OUT_PULSE_OFF outputs (only
one of these DO selections per controller is allowed). The states have the
following meaning: If the state is SW_OFF, the corresponding free logical
output (and therefore the physical output, if configured) is off. If the state is
SW_ON and the value is 0, then the corresponding free logical output (and
therefore the physical output, if configured) is off. If the node receives this
combination of state and value, then state is set to SW_OFF. If the state is
SW_ON and the value is not zero, then the corresponding free logical
output (and therefore the physical output, if configured) is on. If the state is
SW_NUL or other, then the network variable is not bound, the
communications path from the sending node has failed, or the sending node
has failed. The corresponding free logical output does not change if the
network variable input fails.

Free2.value behaves the same as Free 1 value.

WSHPEnable.value is used to enable the compressor stages in heat pump
applications. Typically nviWSHPEnable is bound to a water flow sensor that
detects heating/cooling water supplied to the heat pump. If there is no water
flowing the compressor is disabled. If the state is SW_OFF, the compressor
is disabled in heat pump applications. If the state is SW_ON and the value
is 0, the compressor is disabled in heat pump applications. If the node
receives this combination of state and value, then state is set to SW_OFF. If
the state is SW_ON and the value is not zero, the compressor is enabled in
heat pump applications. If the state is SW_NUL or other, the network
variable is not bound and is ignored.
X Refer to WSHPEnable.value.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

value

nviFree1

Failure Detect
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

value

0 to 100

DestTimeClk

nviTimeClk

state

SW_OFF
SW_ON
SW_NUL

SrcTimeClkCt

nvoTimeClk

value

0 to 100

SrcTimeClk

nvoTimeClk

state

SW_OFF
SW_ON
SW_NUL

Default
0

0
SW_NUL
1
255
0

nviTimeClk

0
SW_NUL
1
255

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments
nviTimeClk.value:nviTimeClk allows a time clock at one node to be shared
with other nodes over the network. nviTimeClk is ORed with the local time
clock sensor and the results are placed in Data1.OccTimeClock. TimeClk is
received from another node and may have the following values: If the state
is SW_OFF, the space is scheduled to be unoccupied. If the state is
SW_ON and the value is 0, the space is scheduled to be unoccupied. If the
node receives this combination of state and value, then state is set to
SW_OFF. If the state is SW_ON and the value is not zero, the space is
scheduled to be occupied. If the state is SW_NUL or other and the value is
don’t care, the network variable is not bound and is ignored.

X Refer to nviTimeClk.value.

nvoTimeClk reports the current state of the physical time clock input. The
output values have the following meanings: If the state is SW_OFF and the
value is 0, the time clock input is configured and the input is open circuit. If
SCHEDULE_MASTER_IN is configured, then the schedule master input
must be shorted to ground to reach this state. If the state is SW_ON and the
value is 100 precent, the time clock input is configured and the input is a
closed circuit. If SCHEDULE_MASTER_IN is configured, then the schedule
master input must be shorted to ground to reach this state. If the state is
SW_NUL and the value is 0, the time clock input is not configured by Select
or the SCHEDULE_MASTER_IN physical input is configured and the input
is open (nvoIO.ScheduleMaster = 0).
Refer to nvoTimeClk.value.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Failure Detect
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 22. Energy Management Points. (Continued)

Table 23. Status Points.

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

id[

RTU1

R A four byte ASCII string indicating the type of node (model).
O
M

nroPgmVer

major_ver

R Software version.
O
M

nroPgmVer

minor_ver

R Software version.
O
M

nroPgmVer

bug_ver

R Software version.
O
M

nroPgmVer

node_type

R The NodeType is a numeric identifier that is stored in EPROM that identifies
O the Excel 10 node type. Whenever a new software version or upgrade is
M issued, this is reflected in nroPgmVer which typically is read by a network
management node to identify the node type. The contents of nroPgmVer
contain compatible model type information and is fixed at the time when the
node software is compiled.

nvoEmerg

EMERG_NORMAL
EMERG_PRESSURIZE
EMERG_DEPRESSURIZE
EMERG_PURGE
EMERG_SHUTDOWN
EMERG_NUL

EMERG_NORMAL
0
1
2
3
4
255

M X

Emerg is an emergency output reflecting the state of the locally wired
smoke detector. If Emerg is EMERG_NORMAL, then no smoke is being
detected by the local sensor or that the smoke detector input is not
configured. If Emerg is EMERG_PURGE, the locally wired smoke sensor is
indicating a smoke condition.EMERG_PRESSURIZE,
EMERG_DEPRESSURIZE, and EMERG_SHUTDOWN are not supported
by Emerg. If Emerg is not configured then it is set to EMERG_NUL

74-2958—1

nvoAlarm

subnet

1 to 255

subnet is the LONWORKS subnet number (in domain entry 1 of the nodes
domain table) to which the node is assigned.

nvoAlarm

node

0 to 127

node is the LONWORKS node number (in domain entry 1 of the nodes
domain table) assigned to the node.

nvoAlarm

type

0 to 255

type is the alarm type being issued. When an alarm condition is no longer
TRUE, type is set to the sum of the alarm conditions numeric value and the
RETURN_TO_NORMAL numeric value. The type also is recorded in
AlarmLog. When a new alarm is detected, just the corresponding numeric
value for the alarm is reported. Refer to Table 12 (Excel 10 Alarms) in the
System Engineering Guide for all the error conditions that may be reported.

nvoAlarmStatus

alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset =
0(InputNVFailAlrm)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

nvoAlarmStatus

alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 1
(NodeDisableAlrm)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

X X

alarm_bit[0]Byte Offset = 0Bit Offset = 0(InputNVFailAlrm)alarm_bit [n]
contains a bit for every possible alarm condition. Each alarm type has a
corresponding bit in alarm_bit[n] (Alarm.type: 1.24, without
RETURN_TO_NORMAL).
alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 1
(NodeDisableAlrm)

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

StatusAlmTyp

Comments

nroPgmVer

81
SrcEmerg

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 2
(SensorFailAlrm)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 2
(SensorFailAlrm)

nvoAlarmStatus

alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 3
(FrostProtectAlrm)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 3
(FrostProtectAlrm)

nvoAlarmStatus

alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 4
(InvalidSetPtAlrm)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 4
(InvalidSetPtAlrm)

nvoAlarmStatus

alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 5
(LossAirFlowAlrm)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 5
(LossAirFlowAlrm)

nvoAlarmStatus

alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 6
(DirtyFilterAlrm)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 6
(DirtyFilterAlrm)

nvoAlarmStatus

alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 7
(SmokeAlrm)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

alarm_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 7
(SmokeAlrm)

nvoAlarmStatus

alarm_bit[1]
Byte Offset = 1
Bit Offset = 0
(IaqOverRideAlrm)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

alarm_bit[1]
Byte Offset = 1
Bit Offset = 0
(IaqOverRideAlrm)

nvoAlarmStatus

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

type[0]
0 to 255
(AlarmTypeLog0)
(AlarmTypeLog1)
(AlarmTypeLog2)
(AlarmTypeLog3)
(AlarmTypeLog4)

NO_ALARM
INPUT_NV_FAILURE
NODE_DISABLED
SENSOR_FAILURE
FROST_PROTECTION
INVALID_SET_POINT
LOSS_OF_AIR_FLOW
DIRTY_FILTER
SMOKE_ALARM
IAQ_OVERRIDE
LOW_LIM_ECON_CLOSE
rINPUT_NV_FAILURE
rNODE_DISABLED
rSENSOR_FAILURE
rFROST_PROTECTION
rINVALID_SET_POINT
rLOSS_OF_AIR_FLOW
rDIRTY_FILTER
rSMOKE_ALARM
rIAQ_OVERRIDE
rLOW_LIM_ECON_CLOSE
ALARM_NOTIFY_DISABLED

0
NO_ALARM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
255

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

FieldNo

UPDATE_ALL_FIELDS
MODE_FIELD
EFFECT_OCC_FIELD
OVERRIDE_FIELD
SCHED_OCC_FIELD
OCC_TIME_CLOCK_FIELD
NET_MAN_OCC_FIELD
SEN_OCC_FIELD
ECON_ENABLE_FIELD
PROOF_AIR_FLOW_FIELD
CALC_OD_ENTHALPY_FIELD
CALC_RA_ENTHALPY_FIELD
HEAT_STAGES_ON_FIELD
COOL_STAGES_ON_FIELD
FREE1_OUT_FIELD
FREE2_OUT_FIELD
OCC_STATUS_OUT_FIELD
FAN_ON_FIELD
AUX_ECON_OUT_FIELD
ECON_FLOAT_SYNCH_FIELD
DLC_SHED_FIELD
IAQ_OVERRIDE_FIELD
SMOKE_MONITOR_FIELD
WINDOW_OPEN_FIELD
DIRTY_FILTER_FIELD
SHUTDOWN_FIELD
MON_SWITCH_FIELD
WSHP_ENABLE_FIELD
UPDATE_NO_FIELDS

UPDATE_ALL_FIELDS
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
127

Comments
ype[0]
0 to 255
(AlarmTypeLog0)
(AlarmTypeLog1)
(AlarmTypeLog2)
(AlarmTypeLog3)
(AlarmTypeLog4)
A supervisory node may poll the AlarmLog output for a short alarm history.
The last five alarm reports sent via nvoAlarm are reported via AlarmLog.
When ALARM_NOTIFY_DISABLED is entered into the log, further alarms
or return to normals are not entered into the log, until alarm reporting is
again enabled. If Alarm is bound and not being acknowledged, the last
alarm report entered into AlarmLog is the one that was not
acknowledged.See Alarm and AlarmStatus for related subjects.type [n]
specifies the alarm that was issued via Alarm. See Alarm for the alarm
types used in AlarmLog. The newest alarm is reported in type[0] and the
oldest is reported in type[4]. When a new entry is made to the log, the
oldest entry is lost.

FieldNo: nvoData1 and nvoCtlDataG1 are output network variables
indicating the node status. The information contained in these network
variables are typically used to display the node status on an operator
terminal, used in a trend log, or used in a control process. The information
contained in nvoCtlDataG1 and nvoData1 are identical. nvoCtlDataG1 uses
the SGPUC mechanism to update the status or values. The fields in
nvoData are updated when network variables are polled by the receiver.
Then every six seconds the difference between the field in nvoData and
nvoCtlDataG is calculated. If the difference is significant the field is updated
according to the SGPUC mechanism. FieldNo indicates which other data
field in the SGPUC network variable has changed since the last time it was
sent on the network according to the SGPUC mechanism. If FieldNo is
UPDATE_ALL_FIELDS, then all fields have been updated. If FieldNo is
UPDATE_NO_FIELDS, then no fields have been updated recently.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

nvoAlarmLog

Field Name

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Default

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

AlarmLog1

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

StatusMode

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

Mode

START_UP_WAIT
HEAT
COOL
OFF_MODE
DISABLED_MODE
EMERG_HEAT
SMOKE_EMERGENCY
FREEZE_PROTECT
MANUAL
FACTORY_TEST
FAN_ONLY

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

StatusOcc

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

EffectOcc

OC_OCCUPIED
OC_UNOCCUPIED
OC_BYPASS
OC_STANDBY
OC_NUL

StatusOvrd

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

Override

StatusSched

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

TimeClckOcc

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

Default
START_UP_WAIT

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments
Mode: The result of the controller determining which mode of operation it
currently is in. At each power-up, the controller remains in the Start-Up and
Wait mode (a random time from 0 to 20 minutes that is based on the units
network number). After that period, the mode changes to initialize actuators
that will fully close the damper and valve actuators to insure full travel when
under program control. The various other modes are due to normal
operation as well as manual and network commands.

0
OC_NUL
1
2
3
255

EffectOcc: Result of controller supervising the various Occupied controlling
inputs and deciding which one to use. See StatusinOcy, DestSchedOcc,
ManualOcc and StatusOvrd.

OC_OCCUPIE
DOC_UNOCCUPIED
OC_BYPASS
OC_STANDBY
OC_NUL

0
OC_NUL
1
2
3
255

Override: Is the effective manual override state arbitrated from NetManOcc,
the wall module override button and the Bypass Timer.

SchedOcc

OC_OCCUPIED
OC_UNOCCUPIED
OC_BYPASS
OC_STANDBY
OC_NUL

0
OC_NUL
1
2
3
255

DestSchedOcc: DestSchedOcc is calculated from OccTimeClock and
nviTodEvent.CurrentState using the following logic: If
nviTodEvent.CurrentState is OC_OCCUPIED and OccTimeClock is
ST_NUL, then DestSchedOcc is OC_OCCUPIED. If
nviTodEvent.CurrentState is OC_UNOCCUPIED and OccTimeClock is
ST_NUL, then DestSchedOcc is OC_UNOCCUPIED. If
nviTodEvent.CurrentState is OC_STANDBY and OccTimeClock is
ST_NUL, then DestSchedOcc is OC_STANDBY. If
nviTodEvent.CurrentState is don’t care and OccTimeClock is ST_ON, then
DestSchedOcc is OC_OCCUPIED. If nviTodEvent.CurrentState is don’t
care and OccTimeClock is ST_OFF, then DestSchedOcc is
OC_UNOCCUPIED. OC_OCCUPIED means the space is scheduled to be
occupied. OC_UNOCCUPIED means the space is scheduled to be
unoccupied. OC_STANDBY means the space is scheduled to be in a
standby state somewhere between OC_OCCUPIED and
OC_UNOCCUPIED.

OccTimeClock

ST_OFF
ST_LOW
ST_MED
ST_HIGH
ST_ON
ST_NUL

0
ST_NUL
1
2
3
4
255

OccTimeClock: OccTimeClock shows the state of the physical time clock
input via nvoIO.OccTimeClock ORed with nviTimeClk. Valid enumerated
values are: ST_OFF means OC_UNOCCUPIED when either the time clock
input is configured and nvoIO.OccTimeClock is 0 and nviTimeClk is not
SW_ON or nviTimeClk.state is SW_OFF and nvoIO.OccTImeClock is not 1.
ST_ON means OC_OCCUPIED when either the time clock input is
configured and nvoIO.OccTimeClock is 1 or nviTimeClk.state is SW_ON.
ST_NUL means that the local time clock input is not configured by
nciIoSelect and nviTimeClk.state is SW_NUL. There is no time clock
configured or bound to the node.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

NetManOcc

OC_OCCUPIED
OC_UNOCCUPIED
OC_BYPASS
OC_STANDBY
OC_NUL

0
OC_NUL
1
2
3
255

NetManOcc: NetManOcc reports the network manual occupancy state from
nviManOcc. The valid enumerated states are: OC_OCCUPIED indicates
occupied OC_UNOCCUPIED indicates not occupied OC_BYPASS
indicates that the space is bypass occupied for
nciAux2SetPt.uiBypassTime seconds after nviManOcc is first set to
OC_BYPASS OC_STANDBY indicates that the space is standby. OC_NUL
means that no manual override is active.

StatusOcySen

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

SenOcc

OC_OCCUPIED
OC_UNOCCUPIED
OC_BYPASS
OC_STANDBY
OC_NUL

0
OC_NUL
1
2
3
255

SenOcc: SenOcc indicates the current state of the sensed occupancy and
is calculated from nviSensorOcc and the local occupancy sensor via
nvoIO.OccupancySensor. The local sensor and nviSensorOcc are ORed
together. If either the local sensor or nviSensorOcc shows occupancy, then
SenOcc shows occupancy. The valid enumerated values are:
OC_OCCUPIED means that occupancy is sensed by one or more
sensor.OC_UNOCCUPIED means that no occupancy is sensed by any
sensors.OC_NUL means no local sensor is configured and nviSensorOcc
has failed to be received periodically (bound or not bound).

StatusEconEn

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

EconEnable

ST_OFF
ST_LOW
ST_MED
ST_HIGH
ST_ON
ST_NUL

ST_NUL
0
1
2
3
4
255

EconEnable: EconEnable indicates the current suitability of outdoor air for
use in cooling used by the control process EconEnable is periodically
calculated either from the sensor(s) specified by nciConfig.EconEnable or
from nviEcon. When nviEcon.state is not SW_NUL, then the local inputs
are ignored and nviEcon.state is used instead. See nciConfig.EconEnable.
The valid enumerated values are: ST_OFF means the outdoor air is not
suitable to augment cooling. ST_ON means the outdoor air is suitable to
augment cooling.ST_NUL means no local sensor is selected by
nciConfig.EconEnable, or the selected local sensor has failed or has not
been configured by nciIoSelect, and that nviEcon.state is SW_NUL. The
outdoor air is considered unsuitable for cooling.

SaFanStatus

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

ProofAirFlow

ST_OFF
ST_LOW
ST_MED
ST_HIGH
ST_ON
ST_NUL

ST_NUL
0
1
2
3
4
255

ProofAirFlow: ProofAirFlow indicates the current state of the ProofAirFlow
switch used by the control process and is read by the local sensor via
nvoIO.ProofAirFlow. The valid enumerated values are: ST_OFF means air
flow is not detected. ST_ON means air flow is detected. ST_NUL means no
air flow switch is configured.

OaEnthCalc

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

siCalcODEnthalpyS7

btu/lb
0 to 100

SI_INVALID

siCalcODEnthalpyS7: siCalcODEnthalpyS7 is the calculated outdoor air
enthalpy in btu / lb calculated from the siOutdoorTempS7 and
ubOutdoorHumidityS1. siCalcODEnthalpyS7 is used to determine the
suitability of outside air for cooling when nciConfig.EconEnable is
SINGLE_ENTH and both outdoor temperature and humidity sensors are
present. siCalcODEnthalpyS7 is compared to the enthalpy setpoint stored
in nciAux1SetPts.ubOdEnthalpyEnableS2.

RaEnthCalc

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

siCalcRAEnthalpyS7

btu/lb
0 to 100

SI_INVALID

siCalcRAEnthalpyS7: siCalcRAEnthalpyS7 is the calculated return air
enthalpy in btu / lb calculated from the siReturnTempS7 and
ubReturnHumidityS1. siCalcRAEnthalpyS7 is used to determine the
suitability of outside air for cooling when nciConfig.EconEnable is
DIFF_ENTH and both outdoor and return (or space) temperature sensors
and humidity sensors are present. Sensors may be physically connected to
the node or available over the network.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

StatusManOcc

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

HeatStgsOn

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

HeatStagesOn

0 to 4

HeatStagesOn: HeatStagesOn indicates how many heating stages are on.
If the node is controlling a heat pump, HeatStagesOn indicates how many
auxiliary heating stages are turned on.

CoolStgsOn

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

CoolStagesOn

0 to 4

CoolStagesOn: CoolStagesOn indicates how many compressor stages are
on. If the node is controlling a heat pump, compressor stages are turned on
for both heating or cooling.

Free1Stat

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

Free1Out

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

Free1Out: Free1Out indicates the state of FREE1_OUT digital output. 1
means on, and 0 means off.

Free2Stat

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

Free2Out

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

Free2Out: Free2Out indicates the state of FREE2_OUT digital output. 1
means on, and 0 means off.

OccStatOut

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

OccStatusOut

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

OccStatusOut: OccStatusOut indicates the state of the
OCCUPANCY_STATUS_OUT digital output. 1 means on (not
OC_UNOCCUPIED), and 0 means off (OC_UNOCCUPIED).

SaFan

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

FanOn

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

FanOn: FanOn indicates the state of the FAN_OUT digital output. 1 means
on, and 0 means off.

StatusEconOut

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

AuxEconOut

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

AuxEconOut: AuxEconOut indicates the state of the AUX_ECON_OUT
digital output. 1 means that the packaged economizer is enabled, and 0
means the economizer is disabled. A packaged economizer is always
treated as the first stage of cooling when an economizer is configured by
nciIoSelect.

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

EconFloatSynch

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

EconFloatSynch: EconFloatSynch indicates that the economizer damper
motor is being synchronized with the reported economizer position by
driving the damper for a period longer than it takes to fully close the
damper. The reported economizer position is synchronized whenever an
endpoint is reached (full open or full close).and when the elapsed time
since the last synchronization is 24 hours.

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

DlcShed

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DlcShed: DlcShed indicates the state of nviDlcShed. When DlcShed is 1,
demand limit control set by an energy management node is active. If the
effective occupancy is OC_OCCUPIED or OC_STANDBY when demand
limit control is active, then the setpoint is shifted by
nciAux1SetPt.siDlcBumpTempS7 in the energy saving direction. When
DlcShed is 0, demand limit control is inactive. If nviDlcShed fails to be
received periodically or nviDlcShed becomes 0, then the setpoint is ramped
back to the original setpoint over a 30 minute interval.

DlcShed

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

IaqOverRide

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

IaqOverRide: When an economizer is configured, IaqOverRide indicates
the current state of the indoor air quality, an is used by the control process
to open the economizer damper to let in more outside air. 1 means poor
indoor air quality, and 0 means indoor air quality is OK. When IaqOverRide
is 1, the IAQ_OVERRIDE alarm is initiated. IaqOverRide indicates poor air
quality if the analog sensor OR a digital sensor (local or via network) shows
poor air quality. Specifically, if nvoData2.siSpaceCo2S0 is not SI_INVALID,
and exceeds nciAux1SetPt.siCO2IaqLimitS0, then poor air quality is
detected. Also if nviIaqOvr.state is SW_ON, then poor air quality is
detected. Or if a local digital input is configured as IAQ_OVERRIDE_IN and
nvoIO.IaqOverRide is 1 then poor air quality is also detected. When poor air
quality is detected, the economizer minimum position is set to
nciAux1SetPts.ubEconIaqPosS0, instead of
nciAux1SetPts.ubEconMinPosS0.When an economizer is not configured,
IaqOverRide is 0.

StatusSmoke

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

SmokeMonitor

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

SmokeMonitor: SmokeMonitor indicates the current state of the
SmokeMonitor input used by the control process and is read from another
node via nviEmerg or the local sensor via nvoIO.SmokeMonitor. If either
nviEmerg is not EMERG_NORMAL or nvoIO.SmokeMonitor is 1, then
SmokeMonitor is 1 meaning that smoke is detected. Otherwise
SmokeMonitor is 0, meaning smoke is not detected. When smoke monitor
is 1, the algorithm controls as per the settings found in
nciConfig.SmokeControl.

StatusWndw

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

WindowOpen

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

WindowOpen: WindowOpen indicates the current state of the window
sensors and is calculated from nviWindow state and the local occupancy
sensor via nvoIO.WindowOpen. The local sensor and nviWindow are ORed
together. If either the local sensor or nviWindow shows that the window is
open (nvoIO.WindowOpen = 1 or nviWindow.state = SW_ON), then
WindowOpen shows that the window is open. 1 means that the window is
open and 0 means that the window is closed. When the window is open, the
controller mode is switched to FREEZE_PROTECT.

StatusFilter

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

DirtyFilter

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DirtyFilter: DirtyFilter indicates the state of the air filter via the
nvoIO.DirtyFilter digital input or the nvoData1.siFilterPressureS10 analog
input. If nvoData1.siFilterPressureS10 exceeds
nciAux2SetPt.ubFilterPressStPtS5, a dirty filter is indicated. DirtyFilter is set
to 1 when a dirty filter has been detected by either method for one minute.
DirtyFilter is set to 0 when a dirty filter has not been detected by either
method for one minute. When DirtyFilter is 1, a DIRTY_FILTER alarm is
generated.

ShutDown

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

ShutDown

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

ShutDown: ShutDown indicates the state of the ShutDown input via
nvoIO.ShutDown. 1 means a ShutDown is being commanded and 0 means
normal operation.

StatFreezeStat

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

CoilFreezeStat

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

X X

StatFreezeStat: StatFreezeStat gives the state of the cooling coil controlled
by the CVAHU. False (0) it is not freezing or True (1) it is freezing.
NOTE: Only use this User Address when using E-Vision.

MonitorSw

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

MonSwitch

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

MonSwitch: MonSwitch is the state of the digital input wired to a general
purpose monitor switch via nvoIO.MonSwitch. 1 means that the switch is
closed and 0 means that the switch is open.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

StatusIaqOvr

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

0
1

Default
FALSE

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

WSHPEnable

FALSE
TRUE

nvoData2
(nvoCtlDataG2)

FieldNo

UPDATE_ALL_FIELDS
BYPASS_TIMER_FIELD
TEMP_CONTROL_PT_FIELD
SPACE_TEMP_FIELD
DISCHARGE_TEMP_FIELD
DISCHARGE_SET_PT_FIELD
RETURN_TEMP_FIELD
RETURN_HUMIDITY_FIELD
RETURN_ENTHALPY_FIELD
OUTDOOR_TEMP_FIELD
OUTDOOR_HUMIDITY_FIELD
OUTDOOR_ENTHALPY_FIELD
FILTER_PRESSURE_FIELD
SPACE_CO2_FIELD
MONITOR_VOLTS_FIELD
COOL_POS_FIELD
HEAT_POS_FIELD
ECON_POS_FIELD
UPDATE_NO_FIELDS

UPDATE_ALL_FIELDS

BypTimer

nvoData2
(nvoCtlDataG2)

uiBypassTimer

minutes
0 to 2880

uiBypassTimer: The time left in the bypass timer is uiBypassTimer minutes.
If uiBypassTimer is zero, then the bypass timer is not running. If
uiBypassTimer is not zero, it is decremented every minute.

RmTempActSpt

nvoData2
(nvoCtlDataG2)

siTempControlPtS7

Degrees F
50 to 85
Degrees C
(10 to 29)

SI_INVALID

siTempControlPtS7: The current temperature control point (such that, the
current actual space temperature setpoint which the controller is presently
trying to maintain in the conditioned space) is calculated from the various
Setpoints, operating modes, network variable inputs, and optimum start-up
parameters. The final result is stored in siTempControlPtS7.

RmTemp

nvoData2
(nvoCtlDataG2)

siSpaceTempS7

Degrees F
40 to 100
Degrees C
(4 to 38)

SI_INVALID

nvoData1
(nvoCtlDataG1)

WSHPEnable: WSHPEnable reports the state of the current state of
nviWSHPEnable. The states for nviWSHPEnable are as follows: If
nviWSHPEnable.state is SW_OFF and the nviWSHPEnable.value is 0,
then WSHPEnable is 0 (Disable Water Source Heat Pump). If
nviWSHPEnable.state is SW_ON and the nviWSHPEnable.value is 0, then
WSHPEnable is 0 (Disable Water Source Heat Pump). If
nviWSHPEnable.state is SW_ON and the nviWSHPEnable.value is not 0,
then WSHPEnable is 1 (Enable Water Source Heat Pump). If
nviWSHPEnable.state is SW_NUL and the nviWSHPEnable.value is any
value, then WSHPEnable is 1 (Enable Water Source Heat Pump when
nviWSHPEnable is not bound to another node).
nvoData2. FieldNo: nvoData2 and nvoCtlDataG2 are output network
variables indicating the node status. The information contained in these
network variables are typically used to display the node status on an
operator terminal, used in a trend log, or used in a control process. The
information contained in nvoCtlDataG2 and nvoData2 are identical.
nvoData2 is a polled network variable and must be polled by the receiver.
nvoCtlDataG2 uses the SGPUC mechanism. FieldNo indicates which other
data field in the SGPUC network variable has changed since the last time it
was sent on the network according to the SGPUC mechanism.

siSpaceTempS7: siSpaceTempS7 is the space temperature used by the
control process and is read from another node via nviSpaceTemp or a local
sensor via nvoIO.siSpaceTempS7 or nvoIO.siReturnTempS7. If the network
input is not SI_INVALID, then the network input has priority. The local
sensor is selected by nciConfig.ControlUsesRtnAirTemp. When
nciConfig.ControlUsesRtnAirTemp is 0, then the space temperature sensor
is selected. When nciConfig.ControlUsesRtnAirTemp is 1, then the return
temperature sensor is selected. If the network input and the selected local
sensor has failed or are not configured, siSpaceTempS7 is SI_INVALID.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

WSHPEnable

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

siDischargeTempS7

Degrees F
30 to 122
Degrees C
(-1 to 50)

SI_INVALID

siDischargeTempS7: siDischargeTempS7 is the discharge air temperature
used by the control process and is read from the local sensor via
nvoIO.siDischargeTempS7. If the sensor has failed or is not configured,
siDischargeTempS7 is SI_INVALID.

DaSetpt

nvoData2
(nvoCtlDataG2)

siDischargeSetPtS7

Degrees F
30 to 122
Degrees C
(-1 to 50)

SI_INVALID

siDischargeSetPtS7: siDischargeSetPtS7 is the calculated desired
discharge air temperature when cascade control is being used.

RaTemp

nvoData2
(nvoCtlDataG2)

siReturnTempS7

Degrees F
30 to 122
Degrees C
(-1 to 50)

SI_INVALID

siReturnTempS7: siReturnTempS7 is the return air temperature used by the
control process read from the local sensor via nvoIO.siReturnTempS7. If
the sensor has failed or is not configured, siReturnTempS7 is SI_INVALID.

RaHum

nvoData2
(nvoCtlDataG2)

ubReturnHumidityS1

Percentage
10 to 90

UB_INVALID

ubReturnHumidityS1: ubReturnHumidityS1 is the return air humidity used
by the control process and is read from the local sensor via
nvoIO.ReturnHumidity. If the sensor has failed or is not configured
ubReturnHumidityS1 is UB_INVALID.

RaEnth

nvoData2
(nvoCtlDataG2)

siReturnEnthalpyS7

mA
4 to 20

SI_INVALID

siReturnEnthalpyS7: siReturnEnthalpyS7 is the return air enthalpy used by
the control process and is read from the local sensor via
nvoIO.siReturnEnthalpyS7. If the sensor has failed or is not configured,
siReturnEnthalpyS7 is SI_INVALID.

OaTemp

nvoData2
(nvoCtlDataG2)

siOutdoorTempS7

Degrees F
-40 to 122
Degrees C
(-40 to 43)

SI_INVALID

siOutdoorTempS7: siOutdoorTempS7 is the outdoor air temperature used
by the control process and is read from another node via nviOdTemp or the
local sensor via nvoIO.siOutdoorTempS7. If the network input is not
SI_INVALID, then the network input has priority. If both the network input
and the local sensor have failed or are not configured, siOutdoorTempS7 is
SI_INVALID.

OaHum

nvoData2
(nvoCtlDataG2)

ubOutdoorHumidityS1 Percentage
10 to 90

UB_INVALID

ubOutdoorHumidityS1: ubOutdoorHumidityS1 is the outdoor air humidity
used by the control process and is read from another node via nviOdHum
or the local sensor via nvoIO.OutdoorHumidity. If the network is not
SI_INVALID, then the network input has priority. If both the network input
and the local sensor have failed or are not configured,
ubOutdoorHumidityS1 is UB_INVALID.

OaEnth

nvoData2
(nvoCtlDataG2)

siOutdoorEnthalpyS7

mA
4 to 20

SI_INVALID

siOutdoorEnthalpyS7: siOutdoorEnthalpyS7 is the outdoor air enthalpy
used by the control process and is read from another node via
nviOdEnthS7 or the local sensor via nvoIO.siOutdoorEnthalpyS7. If the
network input is not SI_INVALID, then the network input has priority. If both
the network input and the local sensor have failed or are not configured,
siOutdoorEnthalpyS7 is SI_INVALID.

FilterPress

nvoData2
(nvoCtlDataG2)

siFilterPressureS10

inw (kPa)
0 to 5 (0 to 1.25)

SI_INVALID

siFilterPressureS10: siFilterPressureS10 is air pressure across the air filter
used by the control process and is read from the local sensor via
nvoIO.siFilterPressureS10. If the local sensor has failed or is not
configured, siFilterPressureS10 is SI_INVALID.

CO2Sens

nvoCtlDataG2

siSpaceCo2S0

PPM
150 to 2000

SI_INVALID

siSpaceCo2S0: siSpaceCo2S0 is the indoor air CO2 content used by the
control process and read the local sensor via nvoIO.siSpaceCo2S0. If the
local sensor has failed or is not configured, siSpaceCo2S0 is SI_INVALID.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

nvoData2
(nvoCtlDataG2)

DaTemp

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

nvoCtlDataG2

siMonitor1S10

volts
1 to 10

SI_INVALID

siMonitor1S10: siMonitor1S10 is the voltage applied at the monitor input
terminals. If the sensor is not configured or has failed, the value is
SI_INVALID.

CoolPos

nvoCtlDataG2

sbCoolPosS0

Percentage
0 to 100

sbCoolPosS0: If the node is configured for modulating cool, sbCoolPosS0
shows the current position of the cooling modulating output.

HeatPos

nvoCtlDataG2

sbHeatPosS0

Percentage
0 to 100

sbHeatPosS0: If the node is configured for modulating heat, sbHeatPosS0
shows the current position of the heating modulating output.

EconPos

nvoCtlDataG2

sbEconPosS0

Percentage
0 to 100

sbEconPosS0: If the node is configured for modulating economizer,
sbEconPosS0 shows the current position of the economizer modulating
output.

StatusError

nvoError

error_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 0
(SpaceTempError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

nvoError

error_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 1
(SetPtError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

For SetPtError, see preceding. Upon a failure of the local setpoint, the
control loop will use the default occupied setpoints to control space
temperature.

nvoError

error_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 2
(OdTempError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

For OdTempError, see preceding. All control functions associated with the
failed sensor are disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 3
(OdHumError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

For OdHumError, see preceding. A value of 0 (FALSE) indicates a normal
condition. All control functions associated with the failed sensor are
disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 4
(OdEnthalpyError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

OdEnthalpyError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor are
disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 5
(DischgTempError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DischgTempError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor are
disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 6
RtnTempError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

RtnTempError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor are
disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[0]
Byte Offset = 0
Bit Offset = 7
(RtnHumError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

RtnHumError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor are
disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

MonitorSens

For SpaceTempError, a value of 1 (TRUE) indicates that data was not
available from the sensor and will result in a SENSOR_FAILURE alarm. A
value of 0 (FALSE) indicates a normal condition. The heating and cooling
control loops will be turned off it there is a space temp sensor failure. The
fan will remain under normal control.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

RtnEnthalpyError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor are
disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[1]
Byte Offset = 1
Bit Offset = 1
(MonitorSensorError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

MonitorSensorError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor
are disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[1]
Byte Offset = 1
Bit Offset = 2
(SpaceCO2Error)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

SpaceCO2Error: All control functions associated with the failed sensor are
disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[1]
Byte Offset = 1
Bit Offset = 3
(FilterStaticPresError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

FilterStaticPresError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor
are disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[1]
Byte Offset = 1
Bit Offset = 4
(ADCalError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

ADCalError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor are
disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[1]
Byte Offset = 1
Bit Offset = 7
(nvApplModeError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

ApplModeError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are
disabled as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[2]
Byte Offset = 2
Bit Offset = 0
(nvSetPtOffsetError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

SetPtOffsetError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are
disabled as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[2]
Byte Offset = 2
Bit Offset = 1
(nvSpaceTempError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

SpaceTempError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are
disabled as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[2]
Byte Offset = 2
Bit Offset = 2
(nvOdTempError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

OdTempError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are
disabled as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[2]
Byte Offset = 2
Bit Offset = 3
(nvOdHumError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

OdHumError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are
disabled as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[2]
Byte Offset = 2
Bit Offset = 4
(nvSensorOccError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

SensorOccError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are
disabled as if the NV was not configured.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

error_bit[1]
Byte Offset = 1
Bit Offset = 0
(RtnEnthalpyError)

nvoError

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

error_bit[2]
Byte Offset = 2
Bit Offset = 5
(nvWindowError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

WindowError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are
disabled as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[2]
Byte Offset = 2
Bit Offset = 6
(nvDlcShedError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

DlcShedError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are
disabled as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[2]
Byte Offset = 2
Bit Offset = 7
(nvTodEventError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

TodEventError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are
disabled as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[3]
Byte Offset = 3
Bit Offset = 0
(nvByPassError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

ByPassError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are
disabled as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[3]
Byte Offset = 3
Bit Offset = 1
(nvOdEnthalpyError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

OdEnthalpyError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are
disabled as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[3]
Byte Offset = 3
Bit Offset = 2
(nvEconError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

EconError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are disabled
as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[3]
Byte Offset = 3
Bit Offset = 3
(nvIaqOverrideError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

IaqOverrideError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are
disabled as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[3]
Byte Offset = 3
Bit Offset = 4
(nvFree1Error)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

Free1Error: All control functions associated with the failed NV are disabled
as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NetConfig

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

nvoError

error_bit[3]
Byte Offset = 3
Bit Offset = 5
(nvFree2Error)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

Free2Error: All control functions associated with the failed NV are disabled
as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[3]
Byte Offset = 3
Bit Offset = 6
(nvTimeClockError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

TimeClockError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are
disabled as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[3]
Byte Offset = 3
Bit Offset = 7
(nvWSHPEnError)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

WSHPEnError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are
disabled as if the NV was not configured.

CFG_LOCAL
CFG_EXTERNAL
CFG_NUL

CFG_LOCAL
0
1
255

nciNetConfig

Table 24. Calibration Points.

K1Raw
K2Raw
Ai1Resistive
Ai2Resistive
Ai3Voltage
Ai4Voltage
RawSpaceTemp
RawSetPoint

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range
Counts
0 to 65535

Default
0

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

nvoRaw

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments
raw_data contains the analog to digital converter counts measured from the
analog input channel.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

All nodes that support self-installation provide a configuration variable to
allow a network management tool to also install the node. nciNetConfig is
only used by a network management tool and may have the following
values: CFG_LOCAL - Node will use self installation functions to set its own
network image. CFG_EXTERNAL - The nodes network image has been set
by an external source.

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

nciDeviceName

Default

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic
NOTE: Physical I/O points that are configurable are in Table 20.
Comments

ASCII Blanks

DeviceName is an 18 character field used to identify the node uniquely as
one object at the site or project. The contents of the DeviceName is
maintained by a management node. If DeviceName is all ASCII blanks, it is
considered unconfigured.

application_type

0 to 255

ApplicationType identifies the current application number of the Excel 10.

nciApplVer

version_no

0 to 255

VersionNumber identifies the version number of the Excel 10 application.

nciApplVer

time

Seconds

The time stamp of the last change to the Excel 10 application
configuration. Time meets the ANSI C time stamp requirement specifying
the number of seconds elapsed since midnight (0:00:00), January 1, 1970.
It is represented in the Intel Format.

FanMode

nciConfig

FanMode

AUTO_FAN
CONTINUOUS_FAN

0
1

AUTO_FAN

X X

FanMode specifies the operation of the fan. If the FanMode is 0
(AUTO_FAN), then the fan cycles on and off with demand for cooling and
may cycle with heating if FanOnHeat is TRUE. If the FanMode is 1
(CONTINUOUS_FAN), then the fan runs continuously when the effective
occupancy is OC_OCCUPIED or OC_BYPASS. The fan cycles on and off
with demand for cooling and may cycle with heating if FanOnHeat is TRUE
during the OC_UNOCCUPIED or OC_STANDBY modes.

EconMode

nciConfig

EconEnable

DIGITAL_IN
OD_TEMP
OD_ENTH_A_TYPE
OD_ENTH_B_TYPE
OD_ENTH_C_TYPE
OD_ENTH_D_TYPE
DIFF_TEMP
SINGLE_ENTH
DIFF_ENTH
ECON_NUL

0
ECON_NUL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
255

X X

EconEnable specifies the method used to determine when outside air is
suitable for use to augment cooling. The valid values are according to the
enumerated list that is shown in the Engineering Units/States column.

SmkCtlMode

nciConfig

SmokeControl

FAN_OFF_DAMPER_CLOSED
FAN_ON_DAMPER_OPEN
FAN_ON_DAMPER_CLOSED

0
1
2

FAN_OFF_DAMPER_
CLOSED

X X

SmokeControl specifies the operation of the economizer damper and the
fan when the mode is SMOKE_EMERGENCY.

HeatCycHr

nciConfig

ubHeatCph

2 to 12

X X

HeatCph specifies the mid-load number of on/off cycles per hour when the
mode is HEAT. In addition the cycle rate specifies the minimum on and off
time. Refer to Table 17 Interstage Minimum Times of the System
Engineering Guide for the actual values.

CoolCycHr

nciConfig

ubCoolCph

2 to 12

X X

CoolCph specifies the mid-load number of on/off cycles per hour when the
mode is COOL. In addition the cycle rate specifies the minimum on and off
time. Refer to Table 17 Interstage Minimum Times of the System
Engineering Guide for the actual values.

FanRunOnCool

nciConfig

ubFanRunonCoolS0

Seconds
0 to 120

X X

FanRunonCool specifies how long the fan runs after all the cooling stages
have turned off. The fan is turned off FanRunonCool seconds after all the
cooling demand has turned off.

FanRunOnHeat

nciConfig

ubFanRunonHeatS0

Seconds
0 to 120

X X

FanRunonHeat specifies how long the fan runs after all the heating stages
have turned off. The fan is turned off FanRunonHeat seconds after all the
heating demand has turned off.

nciApplVer

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

74-2958—1

Table 25. Configuration Parameters.

Table 25. Configuration Parameters. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic
NOTE: Physical I/O points that are configurable are in Table 20.
Comments

ubEconMtrTimeS0

Seconds
20 to 240

X X

EconMtrTime specifies how long it takes the economizer damper motor to
travel from fully closed to fully open. This time is used to calculate the
reported position of the damper and to determine the length of over drive
time required to assure the damper is fully closed or open.

CoolMtrSpd

nciConfig

ubCoolMtrTimeS0

Seconds
20 to 240

X X

CoolMtrTime specifies how long it takes the cooling damper or valve motor
to travel from fully closed to fully open. This time is used to calculate the
reported position of the cooling damper or valve and to determine the
length of over drive time required to assure that it is fully closed or open.

HeatMtrSpd

nciConfig

ubHeatMtrTimeS0

Seconds
20 to 240

X X

HeatMtrTime specifies how long it takes the heating damper or valve motor
to travel from fully closed to fully open. This time is used to calculate the
reported position of the heating damper or valve and to determine the
length of over drive time required to assure that it is fully closed or open.

FanFailTime

nciConfig

ubFanFailTimeS0

Seconds
1 to 255

X X

Each time FAN_OUT is energized, then the node waits for FanFailTime
seconds to sample the ProofAirFlow input. If ProofAirFlow shows that the
fan is not running for FanFailTime consecutive seconds, then the control is
shut down for the minimum off time. Then the control (including the fan) is
restarted and ProofAirFlow is again tested. If ProofAirFlow shows air flow,
then the control continues to operate, but if ProofAirFlow fails to show air
flow, then the control is again shut down for the minimum off time. After
three unsuccessful restarts, a LOSS_OF_AIR_FLOW alarm is issued and
the control stays in the DISABLED mode with the FAN_OUT off.

RmTempCal

nciConfig

siSpaceTempZeroCalS7 Degrees F
-5 to 5 (-3 to 3)

X X

SpaceTempZeroCal provides offset calibration for the space analog sensor
input and is added to the sensed value. The range of SpaceTempZeroCal
is between -5 and 5 degrees F.

TempOffstCal1

nciConfig

siResistiveOffsetCalS7[0] Degrees F
-15 to 15 (-9 to 9)

ResistiveOffsetCal[0] provides offset calibration for the resistive analog
sensor input and is added to the sensed value. The range of
ResistiveOffsetCal[0] is between -15 and 15 degrees F.

TempOffstCal2

nciConfig

siResistiveOffsetCalS7[1] Degrees F
-15 to 15 (-9 to 9)

ResistiveOffsetCal[1] provides offset calibration for the resistive analog
sensor input and is added to the sensed value. The range of
ResistiveOffsetCal[1] is between -15 and 15 degrees F.

VoltOffstCal1

nciConfig

siVoltageOffsetCalS12[0] volts
-1 to 1

VoltageOffsetCal[0] provides offset calibration for the voltage/current
analog sensor input and is added to the sensed value. The current analog
sensor is converted to a voltage by a 249 ohm resister wired across the
input terminals. The range of VoltageOffsetCal[0] is between -1 and 1 volt.
Voltage offsets are new in engineering units (not volts).

VoltOffstCal2

nciConfig

siVoltageOffsetCalS12[1] volts
-1 to 1

VoltageOffsetCal[1] provides offset calibration for the voltage/current
analog sensor input and is added to the sensed value. The current analog
sensor is converted to a voltage by a 249 ohm resister wired across the
input terminals. The range of VoltageOffsetCal[1] is between -1 and 1 volt.
Voltage offsets are new in engineering units (not volts).

FanOnHtMode

nciConfig

FanOnHeat

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

TRUE

X X

74-2958—1

FanOnHeat specifies the operation of the fan during HEAT mode. If
FanOnHeat is 1(TRUE), then the fan is on when the mode is HEAT. If
FanOnHeat is a 0 (FALSE) the fan is never turned on when the mode is
HEAT, and typically a thermostatically controlled switch sensing heated air
temperature turns on the fan.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

nciConfig

EconMtrSpd

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic
NOTE: Physical I/O points that are configurable are in Table 20.
Comments

nciConfig

DisableHeatMinTime

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

X X

If DisableHeatMinTime is 0 (FALSE), the heating stages are on or off for a
minimum time determined by ubHeatCph (Refer to Table 17 Interstage
Minimum Times of the System Engineering Guide). If DisableHeatMinTime
is 1 (TRUE), the heating stages are on or off for a 30 second minimum
time.

DisMinClTime

nciConfig

DisableCoolMinTime

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

X X

If DisableCoolMinTime is 0 (FALSE), the cooling stages are on or off for a
minimum time determined by CoolCph (Refer to Table 17 Interstage
Minimum Times of the System Engineering Guide). If DisableCoolMinTime
is 1 (TRUE), the cooling stages are on or off for a 30 second minimum
time.

CascCntrl

nciConfig

CascadeControl

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

X X

When CascadeControl is 0 (FALSE), then the discharge air temperature is
not directly controlled and heating and cooling equipment are modulated to
maintain space temperature. When CascadeControl is 1 (TRUE), then the
discharge air temperature is controlled by an additional control loop based
on the error signal from the space temperature control loop. Cascade
Control is applicable to modulating heating/cooling only (not staged).

UseRaTempCtl

nciConfig

ControlUsesRtnAirTemp

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

X X

If ControlUsesRtnAirTemp is a 0 (FALSE), then Data2.SpaceTemp is set
equal either the space temperature sensor (IO.siSpaceTemp) or
SpaceTemp depending on the value of SpaceTemp. When
ControlUsesRtnAirTemp is 1 (TRUE) and SpaceTemp is SI_INVALID, then
Data2.SpaceTemp is set equal to return air sensor (IO.ReturnTemp) and
the control uses the return air sensor to control heating or cooling. When
ControlUsesRtnAirTemp is 1 (TRUE) and SpaceTemp is not SI_INVALID,
then Data2.siSpaceTemp is set equal to SpaceTemp and the control uses
SpaceTemp to control heating or cooling.

IaqUseHeat

nciConfig

IaqUseHeat

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

X X

When the effective occupancy is OC_OCCUPIED and IaqUseHeat is 0
(FALSE), then no heating stages or modulating heating are turned when
the discharge air temperature goes below the low limit. Energy has priority
over ventilation. When the effective occupancy is OC_OCCUPIED and
IaqUseHeat is 1 (TRUE), then the heating stages or modulating heating
are turned on to prevent the discharge air temperature from going below
the discharge air temperature low limit. Ventilation has priority over energy
cost.

DisMinHtTime

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 25. Configuration Parameters. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Test
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

nciConfig

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

OvrdPriority

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic
NOTE: Physical I/O points that are configurable are in Table 20.
Comments

LAST
NET

0
1

NET

X X

OverridePriority configures the override arbitration between ManOcc,
Bypass.state, and the wall module override button. If OverridePriority is 0
(LAST), then the last command received from either the wall module or
iManOcc determines the effective override state. If OverridePriority is 1
(NET), this specifies that when ManOcc is not OC_NUL, that the effective
occupancy is ManOcc regardless of the wall module override state.

UseWallModStpt nciConfig

UseWallModStPt

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

TRUE

X X

UseWallModStpt specifies the OC_OCCUPIED temperature setpoint
source. If UseWallModStpt is 0 (FALSE), then the occupied TempSetPts
are used when the effective occupancy is OC_OCCUPIED. If
UseWallModStpt is 1 (TRUE), then the wall modules setpoint knob is used
when the effective occupancy is OC_OCCUPIED. SetPt overrides all.

SetPtKnob

nciConfig

SetPntKnob

OFFSET
ABSOLUTE_MIDDLE

0
1

ABSOLUTE_MIDDLE

X X

SetPntKnob specifies the usage of the setpoint knob when
UseWallModStPt is TRUE. When SetPntKnob is 0 (ABSOLUTE_MIDDLE),
the setpoint knob directly determines the center point of between the
OC_OCCUPIED cooling and heating setpoints. When SetPntKnob is 1
(OFFSET), the effective setpoint is calculated by adding the remote
setpoint potentiometer value (center scale = 0) to the appropriate value of
TempSetPts.

OvrdType

nciConfig

OverrideType

NONE
NORMAL
BYPASS_ONLY

0
1
2

NORMAL

X X

OverrideType specifies the behavior of the override button. If the
OverrideType is 0 (NONE) then the override button is disabled. An
OverrideType of 1 (NORMAL), causes the override button to set the
OverRide state to OC_BYPASS for Aux2SetPt.BypassTime seconds when
the override button has been pressed for approximately 1 to 4 seconds, or
to set the OverRide state to UNOCC when the button has been pressed for
approximately 4 to 7 seconds. When the button is pressed longer than
approximately 7 seconds, then the OverRide state is set to OC_NUL. If the
OverrideType is 2 (BYPASS_ONLY), the override button sets the OverRide
state to OC_BYPASS for Aux2SetPt.BypassTime seconds on the first
press. On the next press, the OverRide state is set to OC_NUL.

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points.

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Failure Detect
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

74-2958—1

nciNodeSendT
(SNVT_time_sec)

Seconds

The maximum time between updates of network variable outputs from the
node object.

nciRtuSendT
(SNVT_time_sec)

Seconds

The SGPUC and SGPU time (heart beat time) between updates of network
variable outputs.NOTE: RtuSendT should be set to 55 seconds by a
management node to be compatible with a Honeywell system.

nciRtuRcvT
(SNVT_time_sec)

Seconds

This is the failure detection time for network SGPUC and SGPU variables
outputs.NOTE: RtuRcvT should be set to 300 seconds by a management
node to be compatible with a Honeywell system.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

OverridePriority

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

CoolOccSpt

nciTempSetPts
occupied_cool
(SNVT_temp_setpt)

Degrees F
50 to 95
Degrees C
(10 to 35)

P,
M

X X

The Cooling Occupied Setpoint is used if no wall module setpoint pot is
configured as the standard Occupied Cooling Setpoint. Actual Cooling
Setpoint can be affected by various control parameters (such as DlcShed,
SrcRmtTempSpt, etc.). Actual room temperature Setpoint is reflected in
RmTempActSpt. Overridden by nviSetPt. Used to compute ZEB.

CoolStbySpt

nciTempSetPts
standby_cool
(SNVT_temp_setpt)

Degrees F
50 to 95
Degrees C
(10 to 35)

P,
M

X X

When the controller is in the Standby mode (typically via an occupancy
sensor), the base Cooling Setpoint is determined by the Cooling Standby
Setpoint value. Also, when a wall module setpoint pot is configured, this
value serves as the upper limit on the user adjustable remote setpoint pot
(wall module).

CoolUnoccSpt

nciTempSetPts
unoccupied_cool
(SNVT_temp_setpt)

Degrees F
50 to 95
Degrees C
(10 to 35)

P,
M

X X

When the controller is in the Unoccupied mode, the unit responds to a call
for cooling based on the Cooling Unoccupied Setpoint.

HeatOccSpt

nciTempSetPts
occupied_heat
(SNVT_temp_setpt)

Degrees F
50 to 95
Degrees C
(10 to 35)

P,
M

X X

When the controller is in the Occupied mode, if the space temperature
drops below the Heating Occupied Setpoint, the unit switches to the
Heating mode. This Setpoint is used only when there is no wall module
setpoint pot configured. Overridden by nviSetPt. Used to compute ZEB.

HeatStbySpt

nciTempSetPts
standby_heat
(SNVT_temp_setpt)

Degrees F
50 to 95
Degrees C
(10 to 35)

P,
M

X X

When the controller is in the Standby mode (typically via an occupancy
sensor), the base Heating Setpoint is determined by the Heating Standby
Setpoint value. Also, when a wall module setpoint pot is configured, this
value serves as the lower limit on the user adjustable remote setpoint pot
(wall module).

HeatUnoccSpt

nciTempSetPts
unoccupied_heat
(SNVT_temp_setpt)

Degrees F
50 to 95
Degrees C
(10 to 35)

P,
M

X X

When the controller is in the Unoccupied mode, the unit responds to a call
for heating based on the Heating Unoccupied Setpoint.

nviRequest
object_id
(SNVT_obj_request)

0 to 65535

nviRequest
object_request
(SNVT_obj_request)

RQ_NORMAL
RQ_DISABLED
RQ_UPDATE_STATUS
RQ_SELF_TEST
RQ_UPDATE_ALARM
RQ_REPORT_MASK
RQ_OVERRIDE
RQ_ENABLE
RQ_RMV_OVERRIDE
RQ_CLEAR_STATUS
RQ_CLEAR_ALARM
RQ_NUL

0
RQ_NORMAL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
255

Request provides the mechanism to request a particular status report (via
Status) for a particular object within this node. Object_id selects the object
being referenced by nviRequest. The only valid value of object_id is 1 for
the RTU object and all others are invalid.
When object_request is RQ_NORMAL or RQ_UPDATE_STATUS then the
status (via Status) will be reported for the object addressed by object_id.
When object_request is RQ_REPORT_MASK then the status bits will be
reported that are supported in nvoStatus by the object addressed by
object_id. Bits that are supported by the object are set to one. All other
object_request items are not supported at this time and will return an
invalid_request (Status) in the object status.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Failure Detect
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

nviApplMode
(SNVT_hvac_mode)

HVAC_AUTO
HVAC_HEAT
HVAC_MRNG_WRMUP
HVAC_COOL
HVAC_NIGHT_PURGE
HVAC_PRE_COOL
HVAC_OFF
HVAC_TEST
HVAC_EMERG_HEAT
HVAC_FAN_ONLY
HVAC_NUL

0
HVAC_AUTO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
255

DestManOcc

nviManOcc
(SNVT_occupancy)

OC_OCCUPIED
OC_UNOCCUPIED
OC_BYPASS
OC_STANDBY
OC_NUL

0
OC_NUL
1
2
3
255

DestRmTempSpt

nviSetPoint
(SNVT_temp_p)

Degrees F
50 to 95
Degrees C
(10 to 35)

DestSptOffset

nviSetPtOffset
(SNVT_temp_p)

SrcRmTempActSpt nvoEffectSetPt
(SNVT_temp_p)

M X X X

Comments

X ApplMode is an input that coordinates the roof top unit controller operation
with other controllers. HVAC_NIGHT_PURGE
HVAC_PRE_COOL
HVAC_MRNG_WRMUP
HVAC_NUL
HVAC_TEST are not supported and will default to the HVAC_AUTO setting
if received.

ManOcc is an input from a network connected operator interface or other
node that indicates the state of a manual occupancy control thus over
riding the scheduled occupancy state. ManOcc is used along with other
occupancy inputs to calculate the effective occupancy of the node. See the
Data1.EffectOcc and Data1.NetManOcc for more details.The valid
enumerated values have the following meanings: OC_OCCUPIED
indicates occupied. OC_UNOCCUPIED indicates not occupied.
OC_BYPASS indicates that the space is occupied for
Aux2SetPt.BypassTime seconds after ManOcc is first set to OC_BYPASS.
The timing is done by the bypass timer in this node. If ManOcc changes to
another value the timer is stopped.OC_STANDBY indicates that the space
is in standby mode.OC_NUL and all unspecified values means that no
manual occupancy control is requested. When ManOcc changes from
OC_OCCUPIED, OC_UNOCCUPIED, OC_BYPASS, or OC_STANDBY to
OC_NUL, any bypass condition is canceled.

SI_INVALID

SetPoint is an input network variable used to determine the temperature
control point of the node. If SetPoint is not SI_INVALID, then it is used to
determine the control point of the node. If SetPoint is SI_INVALID, then
other means are used to determine the control point. See
Data2.TempControlPt for more information.

Degrees F
-18 to 18
Degrees C
-10 to 10

X SetPtOffset is input from an operator terminal or from an energy
management system used to shift the effective temperature setpoint by
adding SetPtOffset to the otherwise calculated setpoint. If the value is
outside the allowed range of -10 to +10 degrees C (-18 to 18 degrees F),
then the node uses the value of the nearest range limit.

Degrees F
50 to 95
Degrees C
(10 to 35)

SI_INVALID

EffectSetPt is the current temperature control point (such that the current
actual space temperature setpoint which the controller is presently trying to
maintain in the conditioned space). See Data2.TempControlPt for more
details. EffectSetPt is updated according to the SGPU mechanism where a
significant change is plus or minus 0.07 degrees C (0.13 degrees F).

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

DestHvacMode

Failure Detect
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

100

DestRmTemp

nviSpaceTemp
(SNVT_temp_p)

Degrees F
14 to 122
Degrees C
(-10 to 50)

SI_INVALID

SrcRmTemp

nvoSpaceTemp
(SNVT_temp_p)

Degrees F
14 to 122
Degrees C
(-10 to 50)

SI_INVALID

DestOaTemp

nviOdTemp
(SNVT_temp_p)

Degrees F
-40 to 122
Degrees C
(-40 to 50)

SI_INVALID

M X

SrcOaTemp

nvoOdTemp
(SNVT_temp_p)

Degrees F
-40 to 122
Degrees C
(-40 to 50)

SI_INVALID

M X

DestOaHum

nviOdHum
(SNVT_lev_percent)

Percentage
10 to 90

SI_INVALID

M X

SrcOaHum

nvoOdHum
(SNVT_lev_percent)

Percentage
10 to 90

SI_INVALID

M X

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

X SpaceTemp is the space temperature sensed by another node and is
typically bound to SpaceTemp of another node having a space temperature
sensor. If SpaceTemp has a value other than SI_INVALID it is used as the
sensed space temperature by the node rather than using any local hardwired sensor. If the value is outside the allowed range of -10 to 50 degrees
C (-18 to 90 degrees F), then the node uses the value of the nearest range
limit. When SpaceTemp is not bound to another node, SpaceTemp may be
used to fix the sensed temperature. A management node may write a value
other than SI_INVALID, causing the node to use SpaceTemp instead of the
hard-wired sensor. An application restart or power failure causes the fixed
sensor value to be forgotten and SpaceTemp to be returned to
SI_INVALID.
SpaceTemp is the sensed space temperature from the locally wired sensor.
SpaceTemp is typically bound to SpaceTemp of another node which may
not have its own space temperature sensor but control the same space.
The reported space temperature includes the offset correction
Config.SpaceTempZeroCal. If the space temperature sensor is not
connected or is shorted, or if SpaceTemp is bound to another node, then
SpaceTemp is set to SI_INVALID.

X OdTemp allows one outside air temperature sensor at a node to be shared
by many other nodes. When OdTemp is not SI_INVALID, then any local
sensor is ignored by the local control algorithm and OdTemp is used
instead. If the value is outside the allowed range of -40 to 50 degrees C (72 to 90 degrees F), then the node uses the value of the nearest range
limit.
OdTemp allows the local outdoor temperature sensor to be shared with
other nodes and is typically bound to OdTemp on other nodes. If the local
sensor is configured by Select, OdTemp is periodically sent on the network.
If the local sensor is not configured or currently showing an error, the value
is SI_INVALID.

X OdHum allows one outdoor humidity sensor at a node to be shared by
many other nodes. When nviOdHum is not SI_INVALID, then the local
sensor, is ignored by the local control algorithm and OdHum is used
instead. If the value is outside the allowed range (10 to 90 percent), then
the node uses the value of the nearest range limit.
OdHum allows the local outdoor humidity sensor to be shared with other
nodes and is typically bound to OdHum on other nodes. If the local sensor
is configured by Select, OdHum is periodically sent on the network. If the
local sensor is not configured or currently showing an error, the value is
SI_INVALID.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Failure Detect
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Failure Detect
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

nviEmerg
(SNVT_hvac_emerg)

EMERG_NORMAL
EMERG_PRESSURIZE
EMERG_DEPRESSURIZE
EMERG_PURGE
EMERG_SHUTDOWN
EMERG_NUL

0
EMERG_NORMAL M X X X
1
2
3
4
255

SrcUnitStatus

nvoUnitStatus
mode
(SNVT_hvac_status)

HVAC_AUTO
HVAC_HEAT
HVAC_MRNG_WRMUP
HVAC_COOL
HVAC_NIGHT_PURGE
HVAC_PRE_COOL
HVAC_OFF
HVAC_TEST
HVAC_EMERG_HEAT
HVAC_FAN_ONLY
HVAC_NUL

HVAC_NUL
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
255

nvoUnitStatus
heat_output_primary
(SNVT_hvac_status)

Percentage
0 to 100

heat_output_primary reports the current percentage of heating stages or
modulating heat turned on. If the node is controlling a heat pump,
heat_output_primary reports the current percentage of compressor stages
turned on when the node is in the HVAC_HEAT mode.

nvoUnitStatus
heat_output_secondary Percentage
(SNVT_hvac_status)
0 to 100

If the node is controlling a heat pump, heat_output_secondary reports the
current percentage of auxiliary heating stages turned on when the node is
in the HVAC_HEAT or HVAC_EMERG_HEAT mode. If the node is not
controlling a heat pump, heat_output_secondary is set to zero.

nvoUnitStatus
cool_output
(SNVT_hvac_status)

Percentage
0 to 100

cool_output reports the current percentage of cooling stages or modulating
cool turned on. If the node is controlling a heat pump, cool_output reports
the current percentage of compressor stages turned on when the node is in
the HVAC_COOL mode.

nvoUnitStatus
econ_output
(SNVT_hvac_status)

Percentage
0 to 100

If there is a modulating economizer configured, econ_output reports the
percentage that the economizer damper is opened. If no economizer is
configured, econ_output reports 0.

nvoUnitStatus
fan_output
(SNVT_hvac_status)

Percentage
0 to 100

When the fan is running, fan_output is 100 percent, and when the fan is not
running, fan_output is 0 percent.

M X

Emerg is an emergency input from a device that determines the correct
action during a given emergency (such as a fire). If Emerg is
EMERG_NORMAL the fan and economizer damper are controlled by the
heating and cooling control algorithm. If Emerg is EMERG_PRESSURIZE,
then the fan is controlled on and the economizer damper is open. If Emerg
is EMERG_DEPRESSURIZE, then the fan is controlled on and the
economizer damper is closed. If Emerg is EMERG_SHUTDOWN, then the
fan is controlled off and the economizer damper is closed. If Emerg is
EMERG_PURGE, the fan and damper go to the state specified by
Config.SmokeControl. If Emerg is not configured then it is set to
EMERG_NUL.
Mode is set according to the Data1.mode. If Data1.mode is
START_UP_WAIT, SMOKE_EMERGENCY, or FREEZE_PROTECT, mode
is set to HVAC_NUL which indicates that the node is in a mode not
supported by the SNVT_hvac_mode data type. If Data1.mode is HEAT,
then mode is set to HVAC_HEAT which indicates that heating energy is
being supplied to the controlled space. If Data1.mode is COOL, then mode
is set to HVAC_COOL, which indicates that cooling energy is being
supplied to the controlled space. If Data1.mode is OFF_MODE or
DISABLED_MODE, then mode is set to HVAC_OFF which indicates that
the node is not running its normal temperature control and the outputs are
not turned off. If Data1.mode is EMERG_HEAT, mode is set to
HVAC_EMERG_HEAT where, in a heat pump application, the compressor
stages are disabled and only auxiliary heating stages are turned on. If
Data1.mode is MANUAL or FACTORY_TEST, mode is set to HVAC_TEST
which indicates that the node is in a manual or test mode. If Data1.mode is
FAN_ONLY, mode is set to HVAC_FAN_ONLY which indicates that the fan
is running but the space temperature control is turned off.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

101

DestEmergCmd

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

nvoUnitStatus
in_alarm
(SNVT_hvac_status)

FALSE
TRUE
ALARM_NOTIFY_DISABLED

0
FALSE
1
255

nviInUse(unsigned
long)

0 To 65535

0 to FFFF

nvoStatus
object_id
(SNVT_obj_request)

0 to 65535

nvoStatus
invalid_id
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

If Request.Object_id is not a valid object, invalid_id is set to 1 (TRUE)
otherwise it is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
invalid_request
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

If Request.object_request is not a valid request for the object addressed,
invalid_request is set to 1 (TRUE) otherwise it is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
disabled
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The disabled field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE) unless
Request.object_request is RQ_REPORT_MASK, then disabled and
in_alarm are set to 1 (TRUE) to indicate that these functions are supported
while all other fields are set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
out_of_limits
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The out_of_limits field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
open_circuit
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The open_circuit field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
out_of_service
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The out_of_service field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
mechanical_fault
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The mechanical_fault field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
feedback_failure
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The feedback_failure field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
over_range
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The over_range field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
under_range
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The under_range field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments
When there is an alarm reported by AlarmStatus, then in_alarm is set to 1
(TRUE), else in_alarm is set to 0 (FALSE). If alarms reporting is
suppressed via ManualMode, then in_alarm is set to
ALARM_NOTIFY_DISABLED.

102

InUse is used by a management node to indicate to all other management
nodes that it is logged on to the Excel 10 node and that they should not try
to interact with any of the Excel 10s network variables. Before the
management node reads or writes any network variables, the management
node checks nviInUse for a zero value meaning no other management
nodes are already logged on and that a management node may log on to
the node. Then the management node writes a number, 1 through 65534,
to nviInUse and periodically writes the same value to indicate that the
management node is still logged on. If there are no writes made to
nviInUse for approximately 60 seconds, then the Excel 10 resets nviInUse
to zero to automatically log off the management node. Before interacting
with any network variables, the management node verifies that the
nviInUse has not changed. The management node logs off by writing 0 to
nviInUse.During power up, an application restart, or return to on-line from
off-line, the Excel 10 sets InUse to 65535 to indicate to the management
node that it has returned to on-line.
M

object_id is set to the current value of nviRequest.object_id

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Failure Detect
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points. (Continued)

Failure Detect
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Digital State or
Value of State

E-Vision (M, P, S)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

nvoStatus
electrical_fault
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The electrical_fault field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
unable_to_measure
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The unable_to_measure field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
comm_failure
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The comm_failure field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
fail_self_test
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The fail_self_test field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
self_test_in_progress
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The self_test_in_progress field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
locked_out
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The locked_out field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
manual_control
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The manual_control field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
in_alarm
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

If there are currently any active alarms reported by SrcUnitStatus.in_alarm
or SrcUnitStatus.in_alarm is set to ALARM_NOTIFY_DISABLED,in_alarm
is set to 1 (TRUE), otherwise in_alarm is set to 0 (FALSE). When
Request.object_request is RQ_REPORT_MASK, then disabled and
in_alarm are set to 1 (TRUE) to indicate that these functions are supported
while all other fields are set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus
in_override
(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE
TRUE

0
1

FALSE

The in_override field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

DestOccSensor

nviSensorOcc
(SNVT_occupancy)

OC_OCCUPIED
OC_UNOCCUPIED
OC_BYPASS
OC_STANDBY
OC_NUL

OC_NUL
0
1
2
3
255

M X

SrcOccSensor

nvoSensorOcc
(SNVT_occupancy)

OC_OCCUPIED
OC_UNOCCUPIED
OC_BYPASS
OC_STANDBY
OC_NUL

0
OC_NUL
1
2
3
255

M X

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

X nviSensorOcc allows an occupancy sensor at another node to be used as
the occupancy sensor for this node and is typically bound to SensorOcc of
another node. The nviSensorOcc input must show OC_UNOCCUPIED for
300 seconds before it is used by the controller for triggering UN_OC
operation. This makes it possible for several occupancy sensors to be
ORed together by binding them all to nviSensorOcc. If any one bound
occupancy sensor shows occupancy, then SensorOcc shows occupancy
for up to 300 seconds after the last sensor shows OC_OCCUPIED. The
valid states have the following meanings: OC_OCCUPIED indicates
occupied. OC_BYPASS, OC_STANDBY, and all unspecified values
indicates the same as OC_OCCUPIED. OC_UNOCCUPIED or OC_NUL
indicates not occupied.
nvoSensorOcc is an output showing the current state of the hard wired
occupancy sensor. The valid states are as follows: OC_OCCUPIED
indicates that the space is occupied. OC_UNOCCUPIED indicates that the
space is not occupied. OC_NUL means no output is available because it is
not configured.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

103

Comments

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

104

nviWindow
(SNVT_switch)

value

0 to 100

DestWndw

nviWindow
(SNVT_switch)

state

SW_OFF
SW_ON
SW_NUL

SrcWndwCt

nvoWindow
(SNVT_switch)

value

0 to 100

SrcWndw

nvoWindow
(SNVT_switch)

state

SW_OFF
SW_ON
SW_NUL

nviEcon
(SNVT_switch)

value

0 to 100

nviEcon
(SNVT_switch)

state

SW_OFF
SW_ON
SW_NUL

DestEconEnable

Default
0

0
SW_NUL
1
255
0
0
SW_NUL
1
255

Comments
Window allows the window sensor from another node to be used as the
window sensor and is typically bound to nvoWindow of another node.
Window must show that the window is closed for 300 seconds before
Window is used as window closed. This makes it possible for several
window sensors to be ORed together by binding them all to nviWindow. If
any one bound window sensor shows window open, then Window shows
window open for up to 300 seconds after the last sensor shows window
closed. If the state is SW_OFF or SW_NUL, then the result is Window
Closed. If the state is SW_ON and the value is 0, then the result is Window
Closed. If the node receives this combination of state and value, then state
is set to SW_OFF. If the state is SW_ON and the value is not zero, then the
result is Window Open. NOTE: nviWindow is called nviEnergyHoldOff in
the LONMARK compliance profile.

M X

X
M X

X See the preceding.

See the preceding.NOTE: nvoWindow is called nviEnergyHoldOff in the
LonMark compliance profile.
X

Window allows the hard wired window sensor to be used by other nodes on
the network. The valid states are as follows: If the state is SW_OFF and the
value is 0 then the result is Window Closed. If the state is SW_ON and the
value is 100 percent, the result is Window Open. If the state is SW_NUL
and the value is 0, the result is Window Sensor Not Configured. NOTE:
nvoWindow is called nviEnergyHoldOff in the LonMark compliance profile.

0
SW_NUL
1
255

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

nviEcon allows one controller to determine the suitability of outdoor air for
free cooling and share this with many other nodes. When Econ.state is not
SW_NUL, then the local sensor selected by Config.EconEnable is ignored
and Econ is used instead. The inputs states have the following meanings: If
the state is SW_OFF or other and the value is don’t care, then the outdoor
air is not suitable for free cooling. If the state is SW_ON and the value is 0,
then the outdoor air is not suitable for free cooling. If the node receives this
combination of state and value, then state is set to SW_OFF. If the state is
SW_ON and the value is not zero, then outdoor is suitable for free cooling.
If the state is SW_NUL, then the network variable is not bound, the
communications path from the sending node has failed, or the sending
node has failed. Outdoor air is not suitable for free cooling.
M X

X For nviEcon.state, refer to nviEcon.value.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Failure Detect
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

SrcEconEnCt

nvoEcon
(SNVT_switch)

value

0 to 100

SrcEconEnable

nvoEcon
(SNVT_switch)

state

SW_OFF
SW_ON
SW_NUL

Default
0

0
SW_NUL
1
255

Failure Detect
Manual Config.
Hardware Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

M X

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments
nvoEcon allows one controller to determine the suitability of outdoor air for
free cooling and share this with other nodes and is typically bound to Econ
on other nodes. If the economizer function is configured by
Config.EconEnable, Econ is periodically calculated from the local sensor
specified by Config.EconEnable and is sent on the network. Econ does not
affect Econ. The output has the following states: If the state is SW_OFF
and the value is 0, then the outdoor air is not suitable for free cooling. If the
state is SW_ON and the value is 100 percent, then the outdoor air is
suitable for free cooling. If the state is SW_NUL and the value is 0, the
corresponding economizer function is not enabled because
Config.EconEnable is ECON_NUL, DIFF_TEMP, or DIFF_ENTH or
because the selected sensor has failed.

For nvoEcon.state, refer to nvoEcon.value.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

105

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

0
1
2
3
4

MODE_ENABLE

NORMAL_OP
OUT_1_ON
OUT_2_ON
OUT_3_ON
OUT_4_ON
OUT_5_ON
OUT_6_ON
OUT_7_ON
OUT_8_ON
ALL_OUT_OFF
ALL_OUT_ON
DISABLE_OUT

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

NORMAL_OP

Comments

DestManMode

nviManualMode

TestMode

nviManValue

OutDrive

TestHCPos

nviManValue

sbManHeatCoolPosS0 percentage
-127 to 127

X During MANUAL mode, ManHeatCoolPos sets the modulating position of the
heating or cooling motor (if configured) to the specified position. If ManHeatCoolPos
is less than 0 or greater than 100, the motor is overdriven for a period longer than
the motor time to ensure that it is at the end of travel. The heat motor is driven when
HeatCoolMode is 1 and the cool motor is driven when HeatCoolMode is 0. At the
moment when the node transfers to MANUAL_MODE or HeatCoolMode is changed,
ManHeatCoolPos is set the current motor position.

TestEconPos

nviManValue

sbManEconPosS0

X During MANUAL mode, ManEconPos sets the modulating position of the
economizer motor (if configured) to the specified position. If ManEconPos is less
than 0 or greater than 100, the motor is overdriven for a period longer than the motor
time to ensure that it is at the end of travel. At the moment when the node transfers
to MANUAL_MODE, ManEconPos is set the current motor position.

106

MODE_ENABLE
MODE_DISABLE
MODE_MANUAL
SUPPRESS_ALARMS
UNSUPPRESS_ALARMS

Test
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Percentage
-127 to 127

X X X

ManualMode is an input which is used to disable the Excel 10s control algorithms
and to manually set the physical outputs. ManualMode remains unchanged until
another mode has been commanded or an application restart has been performed.
See the Data1.mode for more details.The valid enumerated values are:
MODE_ENABLE enables the node so that the control algorithm determines the
operating mode, and controls the physical outputs. MODE_ENABLE is the default
state after power restore or application restart. If the mode was MANUAL and
nviManualMode is set to MODE_ENABLE, the node then goes through
application_restart.MODE_DISABLE sets the node to the DISABLED_MODE. The
alarm NODE_DISABLED is initiated, all control loops are disabled, and the physical
outputs are turned off. The physical inputs, network variable inputs, and network
variable outputs are still functioning when the node is in the DISABLED_MODE.
MODE_MANUAL sets the node into the MANUAL mode. If MANUAL is selected, the
controller enters Test Mode (manual override of outputs). The alarm
NODE_DISABLED is initiated, all control loops are disabled, and the physical
outputs are controlled manually as commanded by nviManValue. The nodes
configuration variables and nviManValue are used to set valves, dampers, and / or
digital output to the desired manual positions or state(s). The physical inputs,
network variable inputs, and network variable outputs are still functioning when the
node is in the MANUAL mode.SUPPRESS_ALARMS causes nvoAlarm.type to be
set to ALARM_NOTIFY_DISABLED, and AlarmLog to no longer record alarms. If
alarms are suppressed, UNSUPPRESS_ALARMS causes Alarm.type and
AlarmLog to be returned to reporting alarms. See Alarm for more details. All
unspecified values are the same as MODE_ENABLE.
OutDrive ManValue is used for Factory Testing only.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

74-2958—1

Table 27. Direct Access And Special Points.

Table 27. Direct Access And Special Points. (Continued)

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Test
Direct Access
Map
Share

Field Name

E-Vision (M, P, S)

NvName

Digital State or
Value of State

User Address

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Comments

74-2958—1

nviManValue

HeatCoolStage1

OFF
ON

0
1

OFF

X During MANUAL mode, HeatCoolStage1 parameters turn the corresponding heat,
or cool stage to on (1) or off (0). When HeatCoolMode is 0, then cooling loads are
controlled. When HeatCoolMode is 1 and the node is controlling conventional
equipment, then heating loads are controlled. When HeatCoolMode is 1 and the
node is controlling a heat pump, then cooling loads are controlled.

TestHtClStg2

nviManValue

HeatCoolStage2

OFF
ON

0
1

OFF

X For HeatCoolStage2, refer to HeatCoolStage1.

TestHtClStg3

nviManValue

HeatCoolStage3

OFF
ON

0
1

OFF

X For HeatCoolStage3, refer to HeatCoolStage1.

TestHtClStg4

nviManValue

HeatCoolStage4

OFF
ON

0
1

OFF

X For HeatCoolStage4. refer to HeatCoolStage1.

TestAuxHt1

nviManValue

AuxHeatCoolStage1

OFF
ON

0
1

OFF

X AuxHeatCoolStage1—During MANUAL mode when the node is configured to
control a heat pump and HeatCoolMode is 1, these parameters turn the
corresponding auxiliary heat stage on (1) or off (0).

TestAuxHt2

nviManValue

AuxHeatCoolStage2

OFF
ON

0
1

OFF

X AuxHeatCoolStage2—During MANUAL mode when the node is configured to
control a heat pump and HeatCoolMode is 1, these parameters turn the
corresponding auxiliary heat stage on (1) or off (0).

TestAuxHt3

nviManValue

AuxHeatCoolStage3

OFF
ON

0
1

OFF

X AuxHeatCoolStage3—During MANUAL mode when the node is configured to
control a heat pump and HeatCoolMode is 1, these parameters turn the
corresponding auxiliary heat stage on (1) or off (0).

TestAuxHt4

nviManValue

AuxHeatCoolStage4

OFF
ON

0
1

OFF

X AuxHeatCoolStage4—During MANUAL mode when the node is configured to
control a heat pump and HeatCoolMode is 1, these parameters turn the
corresponding auxiliary heat stage on (1) or off (0).

TestHtClMode

nviManValue

HeatCoolMode

OFF
ON

0
1

OFF

X During MANUAL mode, HeatCoolMode determines whether heating or cooling
outputs are turned on or off manually. When HeatCoolMode is 0, then cooling loads
are controlled. When HeatCoolMode is 1 and the node is controlling conventional
equipment, then heating loads are controlled. When HeatCoolMode is 1 and the
node is controlling a heat pump, then cooling loads are controlled by Heat / Cool
stages and heating stages are controlled by auxiliary heat stages. The
CHANGE_OVER_RELAY_OUT is affected by HeatCoolMode as configured in
Select.

TestSaFan

nviManValue

FanOut

OFF
ON

0
1

OFF

X During MANUAL mode, FanOut turns the fan on (1) or off (0).

TestAuxEcon

nviManValue

AuxEconOut

OFF
ON

0
1

OFF

X During MANUAL mode, AuxEconOut turns the AUX_ECON_OUT on(1) or off(0).

TestOccStat

nviManValue

OccStatusOut

OFF
ON

0
1

OFF

X During MANUAL mode, OccStatusOut turns the OCCUPANCY_STATUS_OUT to
on(1 = not OC_UNOCCUPIED) or off (0).

TestFree1

nviManValue

Free1Out

OFF
ON

0
1

OFF

X During MANUAL mode, Free1Out turns the FREE1_OUT on(1) or off(0).

TestFree2

nviManValue

Free2Out

OFF
ON

0
1

OFF

X During MANUAL mode, Free2Out turns the FREE2_OUT on(1) or off(0).

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

107

TestHtClStg1

Engineering Units: English
(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

nviOdEnthS7

mA
4 to 20

SI_INVALID

SrcOaEnth

nvoOdEnthS7

mA
4 to 20

SI_INVALID

M X

SrcMonSwCt

nvoMonSw

value

0 to 100

SrcMonSw

nvoMonSw

state

SW_OFF
SW_ON
SW_NUL

nviIaqOvr

value

0 to 100

DestIaqOvrd

nviIaqOvr

state

SW_OFF
SW_ON
SW_NUL

SrcIaqOvrCt

nvoIaqOvr

value

0 to 100

SrcIaqOvr

nvoIaqOvr

state

SW_OFF
SW_ON
SW_NUL

108

DestOaEnth

0
SW_NUL
1
255

Comments

X nviOdEnth allows one outdoor enthalpy sensor at a node to be shared by many
other nodes. When nviOdEnth is not SI_INVALID then any local sensor is
ignored by the local control algorithm and OdEnth is used instead. If the value is
outside the allowed range (4 to 20 mA), then the node uses the value of the
nearest range limit.
nvoOdEnth allows the local outdoor enthalpy sensor to be shared with other
nodes and is typically bound to OdEnth on other nodes. If the local sensor is
configured by Select, nviOdEnth is periodically sent on the network. If the local
sensor is not configured or currently showing an error, the value is SI_INVALID.
MonSw value allows the monitor switch to be shared with another node. MonSw
is typically bound to an SBC to indicate a user defined alarm condition. The
output values have the following meanings: If the state is SW_OFF and the
value is 0, then the monitor switch is open. If the state is SW_ON and the value
is 100 percent, then the monitor switch is closed. If the state is SW_NUL and
the value is 0, then the monitor switch is not configured by Select.

0
SW_NUL
1
255

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

For MonSw.state, refer to MonSw.value.

IaqOvr allows an indoor air quality sensor to be shared by many other nodes.
The states are follows: If the state is SW_OFF and the value is don’t care, then
the indoor air quality is acceptable. If the state is SW_ON and the value is 0,
then the indoor air quality is acceptable. If the node receives this combination of
state and value, then state is set to SW_OFF. If the state is SW_ON and the
value is not zero, then the indoor air quality is not acceptable and additional
outdoor air is needed to bring it back to acceptable. If the state is SW_NUL and
the value is don’t care, then the indoor air quality is acceptable. If the state is
other, then the network variable is not bound, the communications path from the
sending node has failed, or the sending node has failed. The indoor air quality is
acceptable.
M X

X X

M X

X For IaqOvr.state, refer to IaqOvr.value.

IaqOvr allows an indoor air quality sensor to be shared with other nodes and is
typically bound to IaqOvr on other nodes. If Data2.siSpaceCo2 is not
SI_INVALID, and exceeds Aux1SetPt.CO2IaqLimit, then poor air quality is
detected. In addition, if a local digital input is configured for IAQ_OVERRIDE_IN
and IO.IaqOverRide is 1 (TRUE) then poor air quality is also detected. The state
has the following meanings: If the state is SW_OFF and the value is 0, then the
indoor air quality is acceptable. If the state is SW_ON and the value is 100
percent, then the indoor air quality is not acceptable and additional outdoor air is
needed to bring it back to an acceptable state. If the state is SW_NUL and the
value is 0, then the economizer for this node has not been configured or there is
no sensor (via IO.SpaceDo2 or IO.IaqOverRide) configured or the only
configured sensor (via IO.SpaceCo2) has failed.
X

For IaqOvr.State, refer to IaqOvr.value.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Field Name

Failure Detect
Manual Config.
Direct Access
Map
Share

NvName

E-Vision (M, P, S)

User Address

Digital State or
Value of State

74-2958—1

Table 28. Data Share Points.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Approximate Memory Size Estimating Procedure.

Appendix D. Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager
Point Estimating Guide.

Determine the number of points per controller required
at the Central (for example, XBS).

Memory size approximation is shown below: (all sizes in
bytes)

NOTE: All remaining points that are not mapped can
be accessed through the Direct Access
feature.

When memory size is less than 110,000 bytes, the size is OK.
When memory size is between 110,000 and 128,000 bytes,
the application may be too large. The user must expect to
reduce the application complexity, reduce the number of
attached Excel 10s or distribute the Excel 10s over more than
one Zone Manager.

Calculate the number of Excel 10 Zone Manager program points that are used in control logic and in the
switching table.
3. Estimate the program complexity of the Zone Manager
(one of three levels).
a. No time programs, control logic, or switching tables.
b. 10K of control logic (one time program, five
switching tables, and five control loops).
c. 20K of control logic (multiple time programs, ten
switching tables, and ten control loops).
Use Fig. 51 to determine the number of Excel 10s that
can be connected to the Zone Manager.
NOTE: More than 60 Excel 10s requires a Router.
4. Repeat for each Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager in a
project.

When memory size is greater than 128,000, the size is too
large. The application size must be reduced as described
above.

920

(A) NO TIME PROGRAM,
NO CONTROL LOOPS,
NO SWITCHING TABLES.

900

800

765
NUMBER OF
C-BUS POINTS
(EXCEL 10
MAPPED
700
POINTS
PLUS ZONE
MANAGER
POINTS)
610

900

895

(B) 10K CONTROL PROGRAM
(FOR EXAMPLE,
1 TIME PROGRAM,
5 CONTROL LOOPS,
5 SWITCHING TABLES.)

800

740
700
(C) 20K CONTROL PROGRAM
(I.E., MULTIPLE TIME PROGRAMS,
10 CONTROL LOOPS,
10 SWITCHING TABLES.)

600

NUMBER OF
C-BUS POINTS
(EXCEL 10
MAPPED
POINTS
PLUS ZONE
MANAGER
POINTS)

600

585
20
(OR LESS)

60
(ADD ROUTER)
NUMBER OF EXCEL 10s

120

M8729

Fig. 51. Point capacity estimate for Zone Manager.
The exact equation for calculating memory size follows:
Memory size = 21,780
+ 4096 (in case of a time program).
+ CARE Control Program.
+ 14 x time points x Excel 10 units.
+ 50 x Excel 10 units.
+ map complexity x Excel 10 units x mapped points.
+ 57 x C-Bus points.
+ 7488 x Excel 10 types.
Where:
Time points

= number of switch points in time program
per Excel 10.

109

Excel 10 units = number of attached Excel 10s.
C-Bus points = including mapped points and others; for
example, remote points.
Mapped points = number of mapped points per Excel 10,
including One-to-Many and
Many-to-One mechanism.
Excel 10 types = number of different Excel 10 types
(currently three)
Map complexity=
20 =using One-to-Many and not using points
with read/write.
30 = average.
45 = many points with read/write ability.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Appendix E. Sensor Data for Calibration.

Sensor Use:
Return Air, Discharge Air Temperature

Resistance Sensors.

Table 30 lists the points for Sensor Resistance versus
Temperature. Fig. 53 shows the graph of these points.

Sensor Type:
C7100A, (and C7170A)

Table 30. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature.

Sensor Use:
Discharge air, Outdoor air
Table 29 lists the points for Sensor Resistance versus
Temperature. Fig. 52 shows the graph of these points.

°F

Resistance Ohms

1956.79

1935.79

1914.79

1893.79

Table 29. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature.

1872.79

°F

Resistance Ohms

1851.79

-40

2916.08

1830.79

-30

2964.68

1809.79

-20

3013.28

1788.79

-10

3061.88

1767.79

3110.48

1746.79

3159.08

1725.79

3207.68

1704.78

3256.28

1683.78

3304.88

100

1662.78

3353.48

105

1641.78

3402.08

110

1620.78

3450.68

115

1599.78

3499.28

120

1578.78

3547.88

100

3596.48

110

3645.08

120

3693.68

SENSOR RESISTANCE VERSUS TEMPERATURE
2000
1950
1900
OHMS

1850
1800

SENSOR RESISTANCE VERSUS TEMPERATURE

1750
1700
1650
1600
1550
1500

OHMS

3750
3700
3650
3600
3550
3500
3450
3400
3350
3300
3250
3200
3150
3100
3050
3000
2950
2900

30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
M11614
DEGREES F

Fig. 53. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature.
Sensor Type:
T7770A,B,C,D the T7560A,B and C7770A
-40 -30 -20 -10

10 20 30 40
DEGREES F

50 60 70

80 90 100 110 120
M11615

Fig. 52. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature.
Sensor Type:
C7031B1033, C7031C1031 C7031D1062, C7031F1018
(W7750B,C only), C7031J1050, C7031K1017

74-2958—1

110

Sensor Use:
Space Temperature and Discharge/Return Air Temperature
Table 31 lists the points for Sensor Resistance versus
Temperature. Fig. 54 shows the graph of these points.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 31. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature.

°F Above and Below Setpoint

Resistance Ohms

°F

Resistance Ohms

-4

8651.06

9961.09

-3

8605.79

9700.90

-2

8560.52

9440.72

-1

8515.25

9180.53

8469.98

8920.35

8424.71

8660.16

8379.45

8399.98

8334.18

8139.79

8288.91

7879.61

8243.64

7619.42

8198.37

7359.24

8153.10

7099.06

8107.83

100

6838.87

8062.56

80K

SENSOR RESISTANCE VERSUS TEMPERATURE
8900
8800

60K

8700

50K

8600
OHMS

RESISTANCE (OHMS)

70K

40K

8500
8400

30K

8300

20K OHM AT
77oF (25oC)

20K

8200

10K

8100
8000

30
0

50
10

70
20

100

90
30

TEMPERATURE (DEGREES)

110 oF
o
40
C

-9 -8

-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0
DEGREES F

Sensor Type:
T7770B,C 10K ohm setpoint potentiometer (Relative)

M11609

Sensor Type:
T7770B,C 10 K ohm setpoint potentiometer (Absolute)
Sensor Use:
Direct Setpoint Temperature

Sensor Use:
Offset Setpoint Temperature

Table 33 lists the points for Sensor Resistance versus
Temperature. Fig. 56 shows the graph of these points.

Table 32 lists the points for Sensor Resistance versus
Temperature. Fig. 55 shows the graph of these points.

Table 33. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature.

Table 32. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature.

°F

Resistance Ohms

8877.42

-9

8877.41

8741.62

-8

8832.14

8605.82

-7

8786.87

8470.02

-6

8741.60

8334.22

8696.33

8198.42

8062.62

-5

Fig. 55. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature.

M5874A

Fig. 54. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature.

°F Above and Below Setpoint

111

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

SENSOR VOLTAGE VERSUS HUMIDITY PERCENTAGE

SENSOR RESISTANCE VERSUS TEMPERATURE
8900
8800
8700

OHMS

VOLTS

8600

10.00
9.50
9.00
8.50
8.00
7.50
7.00
6.50
6.00
5.50
5.00
4.50
4.00
3.50
3.00
2.50
10 15

8500
8400
8300
8200
8100
8000

65
70
DEGREES F

M11608

Fig. 56. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature.

40 45 50 55
PERCENTAGE

85 90
M11610

Fig. 57. Graph of Sensor Voltage versus Humidity.
Sensor Type:
C7600C (4 to 20 mA)

Voltage/Current Sensors.
Sensor Type:
C7600B1000 2 to 10V (Decorative Wall Mount)

Sensor Use:
Humidity

Table 35 lists the points for Sensor Voltage versus Humidity.
Fig. 58 shows the graph of these points.

Table 34 lists the points for Sensor Voltage versus Humidity.
Fig. 57 shows the graph of these points.

Table 35. Sensor Voltage Versus Humidity.
Relative Humidity Percentage

Sensor Voltage

5.6

Table 34. Sensor Voltage Versus Humidity.
Sensor Voltage

7.2

2.67

8.8

3.08

10.4

3.48

12.0

3.88

13.6

4.28

15.2

4.68

16.8

5.08

18.4

5.48

5.88

6.28

6.69

7.09

7.49

7.89

8.29

8.69

9.09

CURRENT IN MILLIAMPS

Humidity Percentage

RH (%)

I (mA)

10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90

5.6
7.2
8.8
10.4
12.0
13.6
15.2
16.8
18.4

16
14
12
10
8
6
4
0

90 100

HUMIDITY IN PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY

M3131B

Fig. 58. C7600C output current vs. humidity.
Sensor Type:
T7400A1004
Sensor Use:
Enthalpy

74-2958—1

112

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 36 lists the points for Sensor Current versus Enthalpy
(volts). Fig. 59 shows the graph of these points.

SENSOR CURRENT VERSUS ENTHALPY (VOLTS)

Enthalpy (mA)

Sensor Current

1.25

1.49

1.74

1.99

2.24

2.49

2.74

2.99

3.24

3.49

3.74

3.98

4.23

4.48

4.73

4.98

ENTHALPY (VOLTS)

Table 36. Sensor Current Versus Enthalpy (volts).

5.00
4.75
4.50
4.25
4.00
3.75
3.50
3.25
3.00
2.75
2.50
2.25
2.00
1.75
1.50
1.25
1.00
4

12 13 14
(MA)

M11607

Fig. 59. Graph of Sensor Current versus Enthalpy (volts).
See Fig. 60 for partial psychometric chart for a C7400A Solid
State Enthalpy Sensor.

113

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

85
90
95 100 105 110
(29) (32) (35) (38) (41) (43)

CONTROL CONTROL POINT
APPROX. °F (°C)
CURVE
AT 50% RH

80
(27)

TY
UM
TIV
EH
RE
LA

PE
R
U

BT
22

65
(18)

10
0
90

LP
Y—
26

70
(21)

EN
T

IDI

75
(24)

PO
UN

34 D D

(%
)

73 (23)
70 (21)
67 (19)
63 (17)

A
B
C
D

60
(16)

16
14

50
(10)

45
(7)

55
(13) B

40
(4)

35
(2)

1
B A
D C

35
(2)

40
(4)

45
(7)

50
(10)

55
60
65
75
70
80
85
90
95 100 105 110
(13) (16) (18) (21) (24) (27) (29) (32) (35) (38) (41) (43)

APPROXIMATE DRY BULB TEMPERATURE—°F (°C)
1

M11160

HIGH LIMIT CURVE FOR W6210D,W7210D.

Fig. 60. Partial psychometric chart for a C7400A Solid State Enthalpy Sensor.

C7400A OUTPUT CURRENT

100

See Fig. 61 for a C7400A Solid State Enthalpy Sensor output
current vs. relative humidity.

A
4m
A
6m
A
8m
mA
10
mA
12
mA
14
mA
16
mA
18
mA
20

PERCENT RH

60
50

D = 17 MA
C = 15.5 MA
B = 13.5 MA
A = 11 MA

40
30
20
10
40
(4)

50
(10)

60
(16)

D C

B
70
(21)

A
80
(27)

TEMPERATURE °F (°C)

90
(32)

100
(38)
M11605

Fig. 61. C7400A Solid State Enthalpy Sensor output
current vs. relative humidity.
Sensor Type:
74-2958—1

T7242 or equivalent
114

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Sensor Use:
CO2 concentration

Table 38 lists the points for Sensor Voltage versus input
Voltage to A/D. Fig. 63 shows the graph of these points.
Table 38. Sensor Voltage Versus Input Voltage To A/D.

Table 37 lists the points for Sensor Voltage versus CO2
concentration. Fig. 62 shows the graph of these points.

Voltage to A/D

Sensor Voltage

Table 37. Sensor Voltage Versus CO2 Concentration.

0.00

CO2 Concentration PPM

Sensor Voltage

0.50

0.25

0.00

1.00

0.50

100

0.50

1.50

0.75

200

1.00

2.00

1.00

300

1.50

2.50

1.25

400

2.00

3.00

1.50

500

2.50

3.50

1.75

600

3.00

4.00

2.00

700

3.50

4.50

2.25

800

4.00

5.00

2.50

900

4.50

5.50

2.75

1000

5.00

6.00

3.00

1100

5.50

6.50

3.25

1200

6.00

7.00

3.50

1300

6.50

7.50

3.75

1400

7.00

8.00

4.00

1500

7.50

8.50

4.25

1600

8.00

9.00

4.50

1700

8.50

9.50

4.75

1800

9.00

10.00

5.00

1900

9.50

2000

10.00

SENSOR VOLTAGE VERSUS INPUT VOLTAGE TO A/D
5.00
4.50

SENSOR VOLTAGE VERSUS CO2 CONCENTRATION

4.00

10
A/D VOLTS

3.50

9
8
VOLTS

3.00
2.50
2.00

1.50

1.00

0.50

100

200

300

400

600
500
VOLTS

700

800

900

1000

M11612

1
0

100
300
500
700
900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900
200
400
600
800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
M11611
PPM

Fig. 63. Graph of Sensor Voltage versus input Voltage to
A/D.
Sensor Type:
Third party

Fig. 62. Graph of Sensor Voltage versus CO2
concentration.
Sensor Type:
Third party (2 to 10V)

Sensor Use:
Sensor Voltage (Vdc) /Pressure (Inw) 2 to 10V, 0 to 5 inw
(1.25 kPa)

Sensor Use:
Monitor voltage

Table 39 lists the points for Sensor Voltage (Vdc) versus
Pressure (Inw). Fig. 64 shows the graph of these points.

115

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 39. Sensor Voltage (Vdc) Versus Pressure (Inw).
Pressure Inw (kPa)

SENSOR VOLTAGE VERSUS PRESSURE

Sensor Voltage (Vdc)
10.00

0.00 (0.00)

2.00

0.50.(0.13)

2.80

1.00 (0.25)

3.60

8.00

1.50 (0.37)

4.40

7.00

2.00 (0.5)

5.20

2.50 (0.62)

6.00

3.00 (0.75)

6.80

3.50 (0.87)

7.60

3.00

4.00 (1.00)

8.40

2.00
0

4.50 (1.12)

9.20

5.00 (1.25)

10.00

VOLTS (VDC)

9.00

6.00
5.00
4.00

0.50

1.00

1.50

2.00

2.50
INW

3.00

3.50

4.00

4.50

5.00

M11606

Fig. 64. Graph of Sensor Voltage (Vdc) versus Pressure
(Inw).

LON, Neuron, and LONWORKS are registered trademarks
of Echelon Corporation. LONMARKand LONMARK logo are
registered trademarks of the LONMARK Interoperability
Association.

Home and Building Control
Honeywell Inc.
Honeywell Plaza
P.O. Box 524
Minneapolis, MN 55408-0524
74-2958—1

J.D. Rev. 3-00

Home and Building Control
Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
155 Gordon Baker Road
North York Ontario
M2H 3N7
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled
paper containing at least 10%
post-consumer paper fibers.

Home and Building Control Products
Honeywell AG
Böblinger Straße 17
D-71101 Schönaich
Phone (49-7031) 637-01
Fax (49-7031) 637-493
www.honeywell.com

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
Create Date                     : 2000:03:08 16:25:25
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 4.0 for Windows
Title                           : W7750A,B,C
Creator                         : FrameMaker+SGML 5.5.6p145
Modify Date                     : 2000:03:10 09:00:04+01:00
Subject                         : Opis systemu
Author                          : Honeywell
Keywords                        : sterownik o stalym wydatku powietrza, excel 10
Page Count                      : 116
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Honeywell Video Gaming Accessories W7750A Users Manual W7750A,B,C

W7750A to the manual f99a4ee8-f28c-4f6e-acd0-b33e8e48ca29

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation